[system] / tags / rel-2-1-1 Repository:
ViewVC logotype

Log of /tags/rel-2-1-1

View Directory Listing Directory Listing


Sticky Revision:

Revision 3164 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 14 20:51:48 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by
Copied from: branches/rel-2-1-patches revision 3163
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create tag 'rel-2-1-1'.

Revision 3163 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 14 20:51:47 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
it's 2005 now. (actually we should update this on the headers of all
files that were modified in 2005 as well).

Revision 3162 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 14 20:50:58 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
updated README from PGLanguageRelease2pt1pt1, updated LICENSE with new
version number and year.

Revision 3161 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 14 20:48:37 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
updated README from TWiki topic WeBWorKRelease2pt1pt1, updated LICENCE
with new version number

Revision 3157 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 20:41:26 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Removes starting and ending whitespace from most of the
form field entries when adding users (jj)

Revision 3156 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 20:40:02 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: CourseID is now part of the subject line when feedback is
sent (gage)

Revision 3155 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 20:33:40 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Adds checks to make sure that the multiple user problem
is really gone (gage)

Revision 3154 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 20:24:57 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Added Text/Binary/Automatic buttons for conversion of
line-breaks on file uploads (dpvc)

Revision 3153 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 8 20:20:09 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Bring jsMath up to version 1.7e. (dpvc)

Revision 3152 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 7 13:17:43 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting changes to Home.pm

This means that the options menu won't appear on the home page.

Revision 3151 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 20:48:59 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Added links to the sidebar for student and current set

Added links to problems on the stats page

Revision 3148 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 16:14:10 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting changes to Stats.pm and Scoring.pm

Revision 3147 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 16:02:54 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting:  ability to create a blank problem in a set.

Revision 3146 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 16:02:24 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting minor corrections in code

Revision 3145 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:50:23 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting fix for problem which caused multiple users to be
passed in the params of forms.

Revision 3144 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:42:10 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Removed the reference to float in div.problemHeader to see if
this removes the peekaboo problem.  Also removed the zoom statement
which seems to have been causing trouble with the OL statement.

Revision 3143 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:26:16 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting CSS changes to rel-2-1-patches

Revision 3142 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:23:55 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting CSS changes to 2-1-patches

Revision 3141 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:20:52 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-1-patches'.

Revision 3139 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:17:55 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting entries that support CSS and the new blank problem snippet.

Revision 3138 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 15:14:26 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Backporting updates:  Maintain displayOptions when following links.

Allows one to view the default set headers in the PG editor.  From
there one can save the header locally and edit it.

Revision 3137 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Feb 6 01:24:23 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Back porting changes made to ContentGenerator.pm.
These include:  preserving display options through links.
Moving definition of options menu up to ContentGenerator.
Allowing warnings to contain HTML in order to display tables
used when debugging fun_cmp calls.

Revision 3122 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:47:35 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: new regexp matching can now match on permission level too
(toenail)

Revision 3121 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:44:30 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed a bug with the file editor that did not process the
file name correctly in the top-level directory. Fixed a bug in uploading
a file where the name was given a sequence number even when one was not
needed. (dpvc)

Revision 3120 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:43:01 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed index problem with matrix multiplciation (dpvc)

Revision 3119 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:35:29 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Catch multiply defined user warning (gage)

Revision 3118 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:31:49 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Work around MSIE bug (dpvc)

Revision 3117 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:29:02 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed minor display problem where empty (not-overriden)
date values were being displayed as 12/31/1969 (toenail)

Revision 3116 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:27:28 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Added the following features: * Searching on any user
data field * Sorting by any two fields * Reports duplicate names on
classlist import. Closes #654, #664, and #684 (toenail)

Revision 3115 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:23:44 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: expansion of Mike's caching fixes. (sh002i)

Revision 3114 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:20:16 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed double declaration of $user (gage)

Revision 3113 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:13:51 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed small bug in the message passing facility
Changed message passing when there is a duplicate administrator. (gage)

Revision 3112 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 28 00:11:17 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: The permission levels are now checked when the authz
instance is created. (gage)

Revision 3108 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 26 00:56:23 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Call $r->param("user") only in scalar context (gage)

Revision 3107 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 23:23:17 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: make sure that $r->param("users") is only used in a
scalar context. (gage)

Revision 3106 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 23:21:16 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Make sure that $r->param("user") is only called in scalar
context. (gage)

Revision 3105 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 22:19:58 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Changed comment to This answer is the same as the one you
just submitted or previewed. This addreses bug #557 (gage)

Revision 3104 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 21:53:15 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Modifications to make sure that problems with weight 0
print weight as 0 rather than as a blank. This addresses bug #730 (gage)

Revision 3101 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 19:21:58 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Added a line to check for empty records.  The hope is
that this fixes bug #733 (gage)

Revision 3100 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 19:10:17 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Added an option to rename the "Change Display Settings"
submit buttton. (gage)

Revision 3099 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 25 19:00:00 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Changed some UI features.  In particular the scrolling
list is now used both for selecting students to send mail to AND for
selecting the preview message (if multiple students are selected the
first is used as the preview).  The "command table" is now one line
taller than it was, but it it now effectively narrower (just two
columns) -- the last column has only the row and column options and is
not used that much. (gage)

Revision 3098 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 21 20:34:35 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Added a check to handle  the  case when the $errors flag
was not defined. (mike)

Revision 3097 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 21 16:42:48 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: fixed incorrect error message for getUserProblems() (sam)

Revision 3096 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 21 16:40:43 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Add hack to get around MSIE peekaboo bug. (apizer)

Revision 3095 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 21 16:30:51 2005 UTC (9 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Bring jsMath up to date.  In particular, include changes
that provide new LaTeX environments (matrix, pmatrix, etc.) (dpvc)

Revision 3088 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 13 22:38:43 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: added "login" permission, handling code. also fixed some
heinous formatting. (sam)

Revision 3085 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 8 00:00:19 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: removed FIXME comment that is no longer needed. (toenail)

Revision 3084 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:56:35 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
back out of mistakenly double-applied backport

Revision 3083 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:42:09 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Defined some variables that were causing warning
messages. (gage)

Revision 3082 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:40:51 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Avoids some name collisions for images converted from gif
to png in hardcopy (jj)

Revision 3081 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:39:02 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: relative tolerence was not being used correctly. Fixed
this. (apizer)

Revision 3080 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:37:48 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD backport: Fixed a bug in processing absolute values with implicit
multiplication. (dpvc)

Revision 3079 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:33:23 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
backport from HEAD: Added ability to control the "Missing TeX Fonts"
message generated by jsMath. (dpvc)

Revision 3078 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:19:02 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD -> rel-2-1-patches backport: "Fixed an error where any plane is
accepted if the d is 0 in ax + by + cz = 0." (dpvc)

Revision 3077 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 7 20:17:20 2005 UTC (9 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
HEAD -> rel-2-1-patches backport: "help files now use module name
instead of urlpath node name"

Revision 2999 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 18 01:58:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Undoing the last changes in rel-2-1-patches .  I want to only commit them
to HEAD until they have been tested further.

The radio buttons behave properly, but I'm not sure they trigger the
right behavior in the

Revision 2998 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 18 01:45:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Made modifications to the user interface so that "show saved answers"
can now be turned off.  If the default mode was on, then this feature
could never be turned off. (Unchecked check boxes don't return 0, they
are simply not defined.)

Revision 2997 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 14 03:03:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Fixed off-by-one problem with $COL[]  This had been fixed
in SendMail.pm but not in Grades.pm

Revision 2993 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 10 18:02:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Ability to control missing tex fonts message (from HEAD).

Original log message:

Modifications needed for the control of jsMath's "missing font"
message.

Revision 2992 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 10 18:00:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Ability to control missing tex fonts message (from HEAD).

Original log message:

Added ability to control the "Missing TeX Fonts" message generated by
jsMath.  There are now two parameters in global.conf that control the
message.  You can set

	$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{reportMissingFonts}

to 0 if you want no font messages, and you can set

	$pg{displayModeOptions}{jsMath}{missingFontMessage}

to a string that should be issued when the fonts are missing.  This
can be an HTML string, so you can include a link to the jsMath font
page, as the current message does.  The message will be set in a <DIV>
of class NoFontMessage, so the style attributes can be controled in
the content-generators template file.

Revision 2980 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 3 19:52:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by
Original Path: branches/rel-2-1-patches
Copied from: trunk revision 2979
This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'rel-2-1-patches'.

Revision 2979 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 3 19:52:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
New help file names match module names
rather than urlpath node names

Revision 2978 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 3 17:39:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Renaming help files

Revision 2974 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 20:47:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated LICENSE and README files.

Revision 2973 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 20:47:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated $main::VERSION

Revision 2972 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 20:47:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added README and LICENCE files.

Revision 2971 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 19:58:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
POD fix.

Revision 2970 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 19:58:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
better handling when no display module is found for the path.

Revision 2969 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 2 01:55:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo in a comment.

Revision 2967 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 28 22:34:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Bring jsMath.js up to date  (fixed problem with font-checking algorithm in
PC version of Mozilla)

Revision 2966 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 27 17:48:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Every problem after one that was marked as a repeat was being marked as a repeat

closes #725

Revision 2965 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 26 03:16:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Beautification of set names.

Revision 2964 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 26 03:14:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Beautification of set names in Student Progress page.

Revision 2963 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 26 03:13:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Beautification of set names in grade module.

Revision 2962 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 26 00:14:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Tidying of set names: don't automatically write "set" (teacher can include
that), and convert _ to non-breaking spaces in set name.

Revision 2961 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 26 00:04:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
More fix on the Assigned Sets/User ID column heading so that they are right
both in and out of editMode.

Revision 2960 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 25 22:40:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When making a new set, leave the name as it was input.  Should resolve
confusion when making sets starting with "set".

Revision 2959 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 25 22:37:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Whitespace changes, mainly a few tabs to spaces.

Revision 2958 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 14:36:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
This seems to fix bug 713.  I don't see why one would want the line below
commented out.

Revision 2957 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 24 14:33:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Make combinations function C(n,k) return 0 when k>n, which is standard.
Maybe P(n,k) should do the same instead of throwing an error?

Revision 2956 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 22 23:06:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
pod fixes

Revision 2955 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 22 22:59:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
POD fixes

Revision 2954 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 22 18:03:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
send call stack to error log, use Apache::Log to log warnings.

Revision 2952 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 23:56:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adjusted the headers for the dates

Revision 2948 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 01:44:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "User Value" and "Global Value" headers (bug #719)

Revision 2947 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 01:34:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed bug #721.

Revision 2946 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 01:22:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
quick fix for errors while reading directories (bug #720).

Revision 2945 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 01:16:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed typo

Revision 2944 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 21 01:06:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
formatting fixes (sorry jj, dpvc).

Revision 2943 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 20 23:29:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Wrong column heading corrected.

Revision 2942 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 20 21:52:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 5 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The lines of data were being sorted incorrectly due to the time-stamp
that is being added to the line, and due to the correct/incorrect
answer data that was added in order to color-code the answer display.

Revision 2941 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 20 19:02:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed indentation -- please read the webwork coding standards.
http://devel.webwork.rochester.edu/twiki/bin/view/Webwork/CodingStandards

Revision 2940 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 20 17:00:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed typo

Revision 2939 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 20 16:45:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
add check for undefiend user param (closes bug #714). use $userID for
variable containing the ID of a user (not $User, which is typically used
for a user RECORD).

Revision 2938 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:24:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added reduction rules to remove redundent negatives.
Override string and TeX methods that avoid redundent parentheses.

Revision 2937 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:23:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added "areParallel" method as a synonym for "isParallel".

Revision 2936 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:22:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Don't promote an object unless it is a Value object.

Revision 2935 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:20:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Prevent automatically reducing negatives in student answer, so the
sign doesn't change behind our back.

Revision 2934 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:15:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Handle error messages better.  Produce an error if the student answer
is a constant vector.  Prevent reduction of some negatives in order to
avoid -(a+bt).  Allow students to provide answer in terms of points
rather than vectors.

Revision 2933 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:11:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Changed the order of variables in calls to Plane() so that it
corresponds to the usage in ImplictPlane().  Also fixed a typo in
capitalization of @N.

Revision 2932 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 19 00:08:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated i(), j() and k() functions to check if the Parser is loaded,
and if not, return a value that will cause perl to report a better
error than calling the parser outside of its normal context.

Since the current answer checkers call perl directly to evaluate their
expressions, when a variable is used by a student that is not a
variable used by the checker, this can cause perl to try to parse
those variables as function calls, or other perl constructs (like
matches if you use 'm' or translations if you use 'y').  This is bad
(and is not a problem with the new parser).

In particular, if the student uses 'k' in a formula for which k is not
defined, for example, perl will try to call the k() function.

Revision 2931 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 17 03:11:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed format of run time

Revision 2930 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 15 20:35:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adding write to timing log which summarizes the time spent in this module.
This does not give detailed timing data.  It prints whether or not the timing
log is enabled in "Constants.pm".  It uses Utils::writeTimingLogEntry and
makes an entry as long as the "timing" log facility has been defined in global.conf

Revision 2929 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 15 20:33:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed writing to Timing log from this module.

Revision 2928 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 15 19:25:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
fixed typo in "edit_set_for_user"  which should be "edit_set_for_users".  also
changed label to correspond.

Revision 2927 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 15 04:30:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
work on error and warning output. prettification of stack traces,
rewording of explanatory text, better logging, other stuff. a lot of
annoying crap, basically.

Revision 2926 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 14 16:56:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
applied dpvc's index patch, use FileManager instead of FileXfer, fixed
indentation.

Revision 2925 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 14 16:55:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed duplicated comment

Revision 2924 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 14 15:59:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed instructions on customizing webwork.apache-config.

Revision 2916 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 13 18:41:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Clear error messages before doing the answer check (this clears old
messages left over inclass this checker is called by another one,
e.g. when using UNORDERD_ANS()).

Revision 2915 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 13 03:31:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Trap errors in functions that are not native perl functions (like
acos() and csc(), etc.).  In the past, if an error occurred within the
definition of a function, the error message that was reported was the
internal error within the definition of the function.  For example
csc(0) would report "illegal division by zero", while acos(-2) would
report "can't take sqrt of -3".  Now the errors will be "can't take
csc of 0" and "can't take acos of -2".

Revision 2914 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 13 02:41:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added support for useBaseTenLogs to make log() work like ln() or
log10() depending on the value in the course.conf file.

Also fixed a bug that caused the WeBWorK parameters not to be
copied into contexts by initCopy().

Revision 2913 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 13 01:55:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
optimizations in database access (makes a big difference).

My notes:

Here's the initial timing data for a set with 10 problems:

TIMING 57300 2 1097622363.881851 (16.734902) mth162: END (assumed)

$mergedRecord is never used in FieldHTML(). However, it is populated
with a merged set or problem, which requires two database calls and a
merge operation. It appears to be OK to get rid of these calls
altogether.

TIMING 57582 0 1097624803.340321 (11.219321) mth162: END (assumed)

i'm not as worried about the several DB calls in
handle_problem_numbers(), since that only happens when "Save Changes" is
clicked. not looking at those for now...

in initialize(), the global set is fetched from the database at the
beginning (and put into $setRecord). then it is fetched again in two
places, first in a conditional if the "submit_changes" param is defined,
and then in the following conditional, when "submit_changes" is defined
and there was no error. taking this out...

(those conditionals are pretty weird to begin with. i would have
expected something more like "if (submit_changes) { ... unless (error) {
... } }". probably from grafting code together?)

ok, the big one is getting pre-fetched records into FieldHTML. I added
$setRecord and $problemRecord parameters to FieldHTML (and $Set and
$Problem parameters to FieldTable to pass through to FieldHTML), and
pre-fetch GlobalProblems, UserProblems, and MergedProblems en masse
before going through the problem IDs in body().

TIMING 58456 0 1097632191.012939 (4.516615) mth162: END (assumed)

And it's only a little more than that when viewing for a particular
user:

TIMING 58453 0 1097632169.074723 (6.513201) mth162: END (assumed)

Revision 2912 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 13 01:35:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo in the comments.

Revision 2911 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 22:40:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated jsMath to its latest version.  (Better support for Opera,
better support for unix, miscellaneous bug fixes.)

Revision 2910 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 21:35:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Minor updates to the documentation

Revision 2909 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 20:49:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
In Complex context, make sqrt() and log() of negative numbers return
their complex values.  Also make ^ and ** do the same with negative
bases.  These can be controlled by setting/clearing the
"negativeIsComplex" entry for these functions and operators.

Revision 2908 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 20:46:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Report errors for powers of negative numbers rather than return 'nan'.
Don't allow 'nan' to be made into a Real object.

Revision 2907 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 20:44:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
In StandardPrecedence mode, make the precedence of function apply
match that in use by that AlgParser.

Revision 2906 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 20:27:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added link to FileManager to link menu. Link to FileXfer is still
present as well, for the time being. We may remove it soon.

Revision 2905 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 18:15:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added help file for file manager module

Revision 2904 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 18:13:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed "refresh" to "refresh display" as name for button in
ProblemSetDetail
Added link to the
File Manager

Revision 2903 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 18:12:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added link to the File Manager

Revision 2902 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 02:30:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes to the way $r->param("user") is handled, so that it
is always called in a scalar context.

This avoids errors caused if user is defined more than once.

Revision 2901 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 01:02:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Added Mark Correct? option
Added date checking
fixed some issues with sticky values

Revision 2900 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 12 00:52:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Don't give coordinate hints during parallel vector checks.  Also fixed
a typo.

Revision 2899 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 23:40:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
If the users status is undefined it is set to C  AND
it is now saved back to the database.

Revision 2898 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 23:13:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
entabed (we like real tabs)

Revision 2897 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 23:13:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed call to start_multipart_form which caused authen params to be
included in form action.

Revision 2896 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 23:11:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added davide's filemanager

Revision 2895 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 19:53:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
fixing gage specific timing log file (again)

Revision 2894 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 19:37:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed error reporting when there is an error in date/time.  This

specifies what the subroutine thinks date and time are, making it
easier to discover the error in the format of the input

I also removed a line which tried to remove the "at" from a format --
such hehelpfuness being unappreciated by the unformatDateTime
subroutine.

Revision 2893 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 19:36:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed error reporting when there is an error in date/time.  This
specifies what the subroutine thinks date and time are, making it
easier to discover the error in the format of the input

Revision 2892 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 13:32:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Evaluate  $r->param("user") in a scalar context in case user has been
defined more than once.

It would also be nice to find where the double definitions are coming
from.

Revision 2891 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 11 13:30:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed mistake involving "at" in interpreting the date and time
string in a .def file

Revision 2890 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 21:45:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support for password and permission level in classlist, bug #649. note
that passowrd is crypted!

Revision 2889 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 21:44:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
blah

Revision 2888 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 21:43:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support for option password and permission fields, header on outgoing
classlists. part of the fix for bug 649.

Revision 2887 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 21:04:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
catch invalid course names in validation (bug #702). fix typo in
previous commit.

Revision 2886 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:53:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
restore course name in breadcrumbs (closed bug #701)

Revision 2885 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:48:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added check for user ID collisions, closing bug #711.

Revision 2884 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:34:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use WeBWorK::File::Classlist for classlist parsing and writing.

Revision 2883 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:33:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added lowercase "a", "d", and "c" as valid statuses.

Revision 2882 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:33:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added toHash() method to get a copy of the self hash

Revision 2881 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:32:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use WeBWorK::File::Classlist for classlist parsing. removed old
commented-out code from before CourseManangement.pm existed.

Revision 2880 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 20:31:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added WeBWorK::File::Classlist, for parsing and writing classlists.

Revision 2879 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 17:06:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
reorganized, added reindex() method. reindex() will regenerate indices and
report what was wrong with the old ones. it cannot deal with the case
where there are two records that have the same user ID and set ID, but it
does issue a warning in that case.

Revision 2878 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 17:04:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
doc fixworks now

Revision 2877 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 10 17:04:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
works now

Revision 2876 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 9 03:07:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
protect against the possiblity that user has been defined twice in hidden fields
 or in the search args and a hidden field.

Revision 2875 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 9 03:06:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Insure that the problems score is always defined (default is 0)

Revision 2874 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 9 03:05:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
replace old method of evaluating variables by a safer method (no evaluation required)

This code copied from SendMail.pm changes made recently by Sam.

Revision 2873 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 9 03:03:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Check that userRecord status has been properly defined.

Revision 2872 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 8 19:58:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Make Try it and Edit it buttons pass along the current problem seed
value, closing bug 682.

Revision 2871 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 8 18:30:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Timestamps seem to need Date::Format for time2str to be defined.

Revision 2868 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 23:08:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modifications to the format for error reporting.

Revision 2867 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 19:55:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed gage-specific path.

Revision 2866 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 02:06:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
skeleton of WW1Hash reindexing frontend

Revision 2865 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 01:40:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
refactored PSVN handling (sorta).
also sketch of new, better database checking code after __END_.

Revision 2864 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 01:39:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
eliminate false positives in hashDatabaseOK()

Revision 2863 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 7 01:23:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected useage statements.

Revision 2862 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 6 21:09:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
removed call for epsfile -- it was bogus.

Revision 2861 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 6 21:01:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added time stamp to the warning
Added time stamp to warning messages.

Revision 2860 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 6 21:00:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added time stamp to the warning messages.

Revision 2859 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 4 20:56:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
if status is set but attempted is not,
sets attempted to 1

Revision 2858 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 4 18:28:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
complete rewrite of parseDateTime to close bug #693.

- using modified version of WW1's unformatDateAndTime() function for
actual parsing.
- intelligent treatment of two, three, and four digit years consistent
with Time::Local.
- attempt to interpret time zone specification using DateTime::TimeZone
and then Time::Zone. if neither succeeds, an expection is thrown.
- if timezone is not specified, $display_tz is actually used.

It never ceases to amaze me how tricky time zone handling is. It appears
that I have it right now, but please test.

Revision 2857 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 4 18:24:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added instructions for listing all valid time zones.

Revision 2856 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 4 17:54:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
eliminated warnings in cases where status is "".

Revision 2855 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 2 11:55:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
added generic string-only context, and converted contextABCD and
contextTF to use it.

Revision 2854 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 30 14:53:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
removed ability to duplicate a set in edit mode
still possible in regular viewing mode

Revision 2853 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 23:45:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
don't send stupid header for safari, don't set feedbackRecipients.

Revision 2852 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 23:38:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
make SQL comparisons case-sensitive. closes bug #679.

Revision 2851 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 23:37:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
protect against sql injection attacks by using "?" everywhere.

Revision 2850 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 22:48:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
actually set RaiseError :)

Revision 2849 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 21:38:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added permissions to allow disabling of feedback, options.
submit_feedback, change_password, change_email_address

Revision 2848 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 18:00:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
better sql error handling. if connect_cached() fails, an exception is
thrown. both handles have RaiseError set, so subsequent errors cause
expections to be thrown too.

Revision 2847 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 16:49:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved new names of some modules to URLPath. added sp2nbsp() for link
names.

Revision 2846 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 16:23:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
On the edit set list view, make the set_id a link so that users can see
where to edit all set data, e.g. the header file info.

Arnie

Revision 2845 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 16:20:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
case-insensitive sorting

Revision 2844 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 16:19:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed silly safari hack, added warning about this utility sucking.

Revision 2843 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 15:59:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Modified flow of verify() so that a user doesn't have to login twice
if they have a cookie with an expired key.

Revision 2842 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 15:47:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Allow string constants to include spaces.

Revision 2841 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 15:26:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Make sure that all request param data defaults to at least ""
Fixed Try it links

Closes #695, 697

Revision 2840 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 14:45:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo.

Arnie
CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Revision 2839 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 29 00:37:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Make open date, etc. boxes larger to accomodate time zones.

Arnie

Revision 2838 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 28 21:07:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Increase size of boxes for editing open date, etc. so that time zones
show up.

Arnie

Revision 2837 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 28 01:23:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added script to add indices to sql_single courses. usage:

wwaddindexing course_name

Revision 2836 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 19:28:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added script to convert a course from sql to sql_single. moves sql
tables from the course's database to the database used by the sql_single
loyout. also gives instructions on how to modify the course's
course.conf file to complete the transition.

Call sql2sql_single like this, in the common case:

./sql2sql_single <course-name> webwork root <sql-root-pw>

You can easily bash script this to do mass conversions of courses:

cd /webwork/shared-courses
for course in *; do
	sql2sql_single $course webwork root <sql-root-pw>
	cd /webwork/shared-courses/$course
	sed 's/sql/sql_single/' < course.conf > course.conf.new
	mv course.conf course.conf.old
	mv course.conf.new course.conf
done

to do a subset of all courses, change the `for' line to:

for course in course1 course2 course3; do

Revision 2835 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 19:21:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added dbLayoutSQLSources function to get a hash mapping DBI sources to
the username and password of the source and the tables that use the
source.

Revision 2834 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 19:08:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Preserves sticky values on all form submissions
Added reset form button to delete any unsaved changes
Added file error messgaes for headers and problems with
non-existant, invalid, or duplicate filenames

Revision 2833 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 19:05:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
No longer initially sets value of textbox to that of select menu
so that sticky values are preserved.  Checks first for the select menu
default value.

Revision 2832 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 17:47:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fix problem with TeX output of implicit multiplication between
items that would put two digits next to each other (like 2 3^2).

Revision 2831 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 17:16:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added hosted_courses log by default

Revision 2830 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 27 17:15:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixes to make setup easier.

Revision 2829 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 24 15:21:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added time zone to the format time and dates subroutine in Utils.pm

Revision 2828 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 24 12:38:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed titles of columns to include the word edit.

Revision 2827 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 24 12:36:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed documentation for "Hmwk sets editor"

Revision 2826 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 24 12:15:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Check to see that value is defined before using pattern match

Revision 2825 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 22:03:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Matching full path was not working (the match was being made
against only the file name regardless of the match flag).

Revision 2824 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 21:31:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Two new Parser contexts, one for matching problems involving answers
like A, B, C and D, the other for T/F answers.  These contexts have an
advantage over the standard str_cmp() checker in that it will give
additional error messages when the student enters an unrecognized answer.

Revision 2823 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 21:09:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed Parser so that you can replace the Formula class as well as the
other object types.

Revision 2822 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 20:29:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made some of the bold face type entries on the classlist page and the
homework page.

-- Mike

Revision 2821 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 18:45:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
tiny doc fix -- new() takes a $dbLayout, not a $ce

Revision 2820 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 17:10:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added DateTime module to the list of required modules.

Revision 2819 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 16:53:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleaned up command-line scripts.
- use new hashref form of WeBWorK::CourseEnvironment constructor.
- moved PSH to lib/
- stop using FindBin in wwsh

Revision 2818 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 16:33:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed deprecated scripts

Revision 2817 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 13:09:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
undefined value was causing unnecessary warns

Revision 2816 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 12:59:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Added ComboBoxes for header information
Allows user to enter a user specified value
or to select from currently existing header files

Revision 2815 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 23 12:57:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
New widget for general use
Contains a textfield and dropdown menu of options
Makes use of javascript to simulate similar comboboxes from
windows/macs/etc

Revision 2814 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 22 23:29:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Running

latex check_latex.tex

will check to see that the .sty files can be found.

Revision 2813 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 22 23:28:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updated set_list help file.

Revision 2812 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 23:27:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
pod fix

Revision 2811 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 20:20:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
minor patch to previous update fully allows editing one set
for multiple users

Revision 2810 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 20:08:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Added ability to duplicate a set.
Removed header files, now viewable/editable from ProblemSetEditor
Changed links to ProblemSetDetail
Lists skipped sets when importing.

Revision 2809 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 20:07:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Added ability to edit Hardcopy Header

If passed make_local_copy with any true value, assumes
that the file being edited is some type of library or default file
that should not be overwritten and the Save button is greyed out.

Stopped editor from trying to edit blank files or edit directories as files.

Revision 2808 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 20:05:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Changed ProblemSetEditor calls to ProblemSetDetail
Added Davide Cervone's patches
   - Fixes formatting
   - Made usage more consistent
   - Added appropriate error messages

Closes #663.

Revision 2807 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 20:01:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Added new setCountMessage so that ProblemSetDetail can say:
"User toenail has been assigned x sets"

Revision 2806 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 19:59:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Changed references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Added ability to edit a set for multiple users.  Closes #646 and #662.

Revision 2805 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 19:55:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Changed some references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail

Revision 2804 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 21 19:51:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 6 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Changed instructor_set_detail from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail
Removed instructor_problem_list
Changed some references from ProblemSetEditor to ProblemSetDetail

Revision 2803 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 15:11:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The $Parser::class variable was being handled after the "use"
statements at the end, so had to put a BEGIN around it.

Revision 2802 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 14:43:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Eliminated unneeded parentheses in TeX output when unary minus and
plus are used with fractions.

Revision 2801 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 14:41:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
More changes for the isZero and isOne checks.  (Missed this file when
I committed the others.)

Revision 2800 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 14:27:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added isZero and isOne checks for Parser::Value objects (i.e., for
constants within formulas).  These now correctly handle vector and
matrices, in particular.  The isOne and isZero checks are used in the
reduce() method to simplify formulas.

Revision 2799 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 11:49:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added a new flag to the Formula()->cmp answer checker that allows a
constant-valued formula to be evaluated and then use the checker for
the resulting type.  This is useful when you want the correct answer
for a numeric check to be shown in a symbolic form (like "pi/4")
rather than as a decimal number.  To do this, use

       Formula("pi/4")->cmp(eval=>1);

rather than Real(pi/4)->cmp, which would show the correct answer as
0.785398.  Note that Formula("pi/4")->cmp would also match against
pi/4, but it does it as a function rather than a number, so error
messages might be issued indicating that the checker is expecting a
formula that returns a number, rather than just a number; this might
be confusing to a student.  It would also accept answers like
"pi/4-x+x" as correct, whereas with eval=>1 this would produce an
error message saying that the answer was supposed to be a number not a
formula returning a number.

Similarly, if you want to show sqrt(2)/2 as the correct answer, use

     Context()->flags->set(reduceConstants=>0, reduceConstantFunctions=>0);
     Formula("sqrt(2)/2")->cmp(eval=>1);

The first line tells the parser not to automatically reduce
expressions that only involve constants, so that the value of the
formula in the second line will not be reduced to a decimal before
the cmp method is called.

Revision 2798 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 11:29:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make Formula()->eval return a Real (ie, aValue::Real object) rather
than a perl number.  That way, you can use $f->eval->cmp rather than
needing Real($f->eval)->cmp, and so on.

Also make Formula()->perl do the same, for consistency.

(This could have been accomplished by having the Parser::Number class
evaluate to a Real, but for efficiency during computation, we put
off making the Real object until the end.  It probably doesn't make
that big a difference, but every little bit helps.)

Revision 2797 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 01:16:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
File needed to reduction flags that was accidentally left out of the
previous commit.  Sorry!

Revision 2796 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 19 01:15:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added flags that control the reductions performed by
Formula()->reduce.  Each reduction operation can be individually
enabled or disabled in the context, and in the reduce() call itself.

More complex reductions need to be developed.

Revision 2795 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 18 23:16:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo in addParens method name.

Revision 2794 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 17 19:40:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Replaces ProblemSetEditor.pm and ProblemList.pm as primary form of editing
set/problem information.

Revision 2793 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 17 18:46:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Sort sudents by Last Name, First Name instead of bu user_id

Revision 2792 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 17 15:35:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
List students by their real names (in addition to studentID).

Arnie

Revision 2791 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 23:43:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Don't reduce constants in the display of student answers (so they can
tell how the parser interprets their answer).  The drawback is that
the final number is not displayed.  (We may need to add more columns
to the results display.)

Revision 2790 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 23:03:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Use extra parens in the string version of the student's answer, but
not in the professor's (unless the problem sets the showExtraParens
flag).

Revision 2789 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 22:24:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added context flags to control automatic reduction of operations that
involve only constant values.  The default is to combine constants,
but this can now be disabled.

Also added a new flag to control the addition of extra parentheses
that make string values painfully unambiguous (these are for
situations that students tend to get wrong).  By default this is
turned off (so that professor answers won't contain excessive
parentheses), but the answer checker will be made to turn this on for
student answers.

Finally, when extra parens are added to formulas, they alternate
between ( ) and [ ] to make it easier to read.

Revision 2788 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 22:19:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Produce an error when attempting to auto-create a formula using a
function that has been removed from the current context.

Revision 2787 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 19:44:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Remove extraneous evals and also clean up email if no record exists in
merge file.

Arnie

Revision 2786 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 18:59:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Changed substitution as suggested by Sam

Arnie

Revision 2785 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 16 17:10:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
lean up test seen by students.

Arnie

Revision 2784 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 15 13:53:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Update w.r.t. sqrt, sech, csch

Arnie

Revision 2782 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 22:10:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
re-added use Date::Format

Revision 2781 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 21:36:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug with useBaseTenLog

Arnie

Revision 2780 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 21:27:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug with useBaseTenLog

Arnie

Revision 2779 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 14 18:55:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Make $COL[1], not $COL[0], the first column of the merge file.
Also stop negative indexes from cycling, e.g. $COL[-12] should
not give $COL[8] in a 10 column merge file.

Arnie

Revision 2778 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 13 19:35:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
timezone support

Revision 2777 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 13 19:34:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled "sid_open", "sid_due", and "sid_answer" formats, since they
don't currenly work with timezones.

We need to find some way to get the timezone information in there
without messing up the interface. One option is to actually have the
database system aware of the timezone and propgate that information on
to the Set and UserSet Record classes. Then, add formatted pseudo-fields
to those record classes that encapsulate the date conversions. Hm, that
would be cool.

Eventually, it would be nice if the date accessors returned DateTime
objects instead of epochs, but that is for later.

Revision 2776 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 13 19:29:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added second argument to formatDateTime(), to support timezone specified
in course environment.

Revision 2775 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 13 19:29:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added formatDateTime and parseDateTime methods that use the timezone
from the course environment if one is not specified and call the "real"
functions in WeBWorK::Utils.

Revision 2774 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 13 17:42:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved "use" lines to top of file, clobbered lingering "warn". noticed by
dpvc.

Revision 2773 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 12 12:09:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added missing \ for apostrophes after user name.

Revision 2772 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 12 11:11:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make partial credit in list answer checkers be the default (now that
WeBWorK can handle this).

Revision 2771 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 11 17:11:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug with constants where the values were being cached so that
changes in the context were not being reflected in the formulas that
use them.

Revision 2770 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 11 06:15:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
PRELIMINARY SUPPORT FOR TIME ZONES (towards closing bug #532).

(1) new configuration variable $siteDefaults{timezone}

Set the default timezone of courses on this server. This must be a value
valid for the TZ environment variable. See also tzset(3).

If left blank, the system timezone will be used. This is usually what
you want. You might want to set this if your server is NOT in the same
timezone as your school. If just a few courses are in a different
timezone, set this in course.conf for the affected courses instead.

(2) support for second optional $display_tz argument to formatDateTime()
and parseDateTime().

If specified, formatted string datetimes will be considered to be in
that timezone instead of the server's local timezone.


Remaining work:

find all calls to *DateTime() and add the $client_tz argument.

$client_tz is is really something that *DateTime() should be able to
grab out of $ce, but they're not a method on ContentGenerator, so we
have to pass it in. It might be worth moving them to ContentGenerator.
(Or some new subclass of ContentGenerator or something?)

Revision 2769 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 11 00:45:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleanup

Revision 2768 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 23:55:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
When creating formulas from functions, don't evaluate even if the
formula is constant.  (This makes it possible to create automatically
create formulas even if they only contain constants.)

Revision 2767 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 22:40:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
applied dpvc's patch to clean up the answer results table, closing bug
#635.

Revision 2766 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 22:15:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
applied dpvc's filtering UI cleanup patch. closes bug #660.

Revision 2765 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 22:09:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added WeBWorK::Contents switch for preserving hardcopy temp files.
closes bug #633.

Revision 2764 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 22:03:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
new using $authz for permissions checks in hardcopy

Revision 2763 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 22:02:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unused

Revision 2762 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 21:33:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unused fetching and passing-around of permission level,
commented-out old versions of code. working towards closing bug #574.

Revision 2761 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 21:14:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
applied dpvc's partial correctness reporting patch, closing bug #634.

Revision 2760 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 21:03:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added check of real user's exiting password, closing bug #625.

Revision 2759 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 20:24:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: removed unused professor-enumerating code, fixing
bug #638.

Revision 2757 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 14:50:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
No longer produces the message that there are too many answers if
hints are being shown about individual entries in a list.  (This gave
away the answer about which ones to remove.)

Revision 2756 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 14:48:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Changed the error message produced for functions that have been
removed from the parser.  I hope this will be more appropriate for
students.

Revision 2755 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 02:35:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
replaced hand-rolled header listing code with calls to
listFilesRecursive(). Libraries defined in $courseFiles{problibs} will
not be scanned, cutting down on time to list. Closes bug #623.

Revision 2754 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 10 02:32:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added listFilesRecursive() subroutine, some housekeeping.

Revision 2752 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 16:43:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Fixes minor error in last submit.  My bad.

Revision 2749 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 15:49:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
merging changes from patches

Original message:
Status was being checked for 'C' only and counting anything else
as a dropped student.  The check now uses the more abstract siteDefaults
variable from global.conf and admits auditing students as well

Also removed redundant second status check that could never be reached.

Revision 2747 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 06:38:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
putPassword() and putPermissionLevel() now auto-create records that
don't exist by calling addPassword() and addPermissionLevel()
respectively. Closes bug #643.

Revision 2746 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 02:00:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed error where AlgParser produces \sech and \csch, which are not
defined in TeX.  This fixes bug #665.

Revision 2745 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 01:42:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rolling back accidental commit.

Revision 2744 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 01:42:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added Bill's textDateTime/intDateTime routines. Closes bug #618.

Revision 2742 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 01:07:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed "use WeBWorK::Utils" (added for debugging)

Revision 2741 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 8 01:06:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
make sure this problem number exists in the hash before returning. If it
doesn't, return undef. We check "pfn$n" since the path to the problem
file is the essence of the problem, and if this doesn't exist, the
problem might as well not exist.

Revision 2739 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 7 20:20:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
reduce circumstances in which GDBM retries connecting unncessarily.
- check for unreadable and unwriteable files
- when auto-creating file by connecting read/write, only connect once.
- improved error messages.

Revision 2738 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 18:00:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: fixes for invalid "published" field. Rob said:

should finally fix bugs dealing with sets being created (usually from 1.9)
without a valid setting in the published field

now anyone of Problem, ProblemSet, or ProblemSets will correct this bug.

Revision 2737 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 14:47:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Better authorization checks (should there be a "view_past_answers"
permission level?) and a fix for missing </TABLE> when no entries
are found.

Revision 2736 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 01:03:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Changed a null character to \000 which caused the file to be
considered a binary file by CVS.  I don't know why it is there in the
first place, however.  Anyone know?

Revision 2735 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 5 00:54:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Modified ShowAnswers.pm so that the individual answsers are colored coded to
indicate whether they are correct or not.  I also added a permission
level called "dont_log_past_answers" that is true for professors (so
the answer log won't be cluttered up with professors answers, which we
don't really care about seeing).

While I was at it, I converted ShowAnswers.pm to use the CGI package
rather than explicit HTML.

Revision 2734 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 23:31:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
When a pg file has auxiliary files (like .gif images), it is often
stored in a separate directory in order to keep all the files
together.  In this case, the Library Browser will show the
subdirectory as a separate entry in the problem directory list, even
though the problem is logically part of its parent directory.

This patch modified the Library Browser so that these single-pg-file
directories are merged with their parents, as long as they also
include other non-pg-files.

It also provides a method of controling the library browser on a
directory-by-directory basis using specially named files.  If a
directory contains a file named "=library-ignore", then the directory
is never shown in the directory menu.  If it contains a file called
"=library-combine-up", then its contents are considered to be part of
the parent directory, even if it has more than one pg file.  If it
contains one called "=library-no-combine", then the directory is
always listed separately in the menu, even if it has only one pg file.

Revision 2733 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:45:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file defined an answer checker for lists of variable names
(ordered or unordered, and optionally enclosed in parentheses).  You
can use this answer checker for questions that give a system of
equations and ask which variables are the dependent and which the
independent variables, for example.

Revision 2732 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:42:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file provides an answer checker that determines whether two
students answers compose to form a given function.  The student
answers are not allowed to be the identity function, or a function
that is trivially generated from the composition.

See the comments within the file for details about how to use it.

Revision 2731 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:40:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file defines a NumberWithUnits class for that provides an answer
checker for numbers with units.  It uses the same units package that
the standard answer checkers use, but this will eventually be replaced
by a more complete Units class within the parser itself.  The class
produces a preview string in which the units show appropriately.

Revision 2730 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:31:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file defines a DifferenceQuotient class that provides an answer
checker for difference quotients.  These include a variable "dx" (or a
user specified one) that can be used as part of the formula, and the
student must simplify the answer at least enough to remove the dx from
the denominator.

Revision 2729 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:29:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file provides some convenient tools for generating random points
and vectors that are not the zero vector, plus some other misc. utilities.

Revision 2728 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:28:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This file defines a ParametricLine class that provides an answser
checker for lines in any dimension given parametrically.  The answer
checker will recognize the line even if the point and direction vector
used by the student are not the same as the ones used by the
professor.

See the comments within the file for examples of how to use it.

Revision 2727 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:26:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This macro file defines an ImplicitPlane (and inplicit line) class of
Parser object that provides an answer checker for planes (or
hyperplanes in any dimension) of the form ax + by + cz = d.  Students
can provide their answer in any (linear) form that is equivalent to
this.

The class accepts several formats for specifying the correct-answer plane.

Revision 2726 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 4 20:21:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
These files provide contexts for the Parser in which only limited
operations are allowed.  The LimitedNumeric context is analogous to
strict_num_cmp().  The other contexts are similar, but for the
indicated type of answer.  In the LimitedVector context, for example,
the student can enter vectors, and can perform numeric operations
within the coordinates of the vectors, but can't perform vector
operations like vector addition or cross product.

Revision 2724 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 2 22:53:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleaned up mike's permission level patch to Feedback.pm:
- added receive_feedback permission (conf/global.conf.dist)
- use standard hasPermissions() function (lib/WeBWorK/ContentGenerator/Feedback.pm)
- check for undefined and empty string in permission field (lib/WeBWorK/Authz.pm)

Revision 2722 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 2 22:30:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rel-2-0-patches merge: allow pdflatex to handle eps graphics

Revision 2719 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 2 21:21:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
formatting fix (also comitted to rel-2-0-patches)

Revision 2708 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 1 18:43:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added more units to the help file.

Revision 2704 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 31 01:15:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The variable for printing file names in course.conf was incorrectly
set up using email addresses instead of userIDs.

Revision 2703 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 30 19:32:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed bad logic that caused problems if user selected
"import multiple sets" but then chose only one set
(in this case handler erroneously expected a filename)
also tweaked sorting by name to be properly alphanumeric

Revision 2702 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 30 19:22:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a problem with the new stack traceback error trapping.  It seems
that the hardcopy generator uses the error routines to pass array
references rather than strings, so I've added a check for that in the
__DIE__ signal handler so that it won't try to add tracebacks to
those.

Revision 2701 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 15:53:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Only convert (f(x))^2 to f^2(x) for specified functions f
(as marked in the Context).

Revision 2700 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 14:10:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed sort of current sets to use sortByName.

Revision 2699 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 13:56:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Improved error message reporting in PG and in the main WeBWorK
dispatcher.  If an error is trapped by the main dispatcher, it now
prints a complete stack trace for the error.

Note that the PG error reporting also requires an update to the pg
tree as well, so be sure you update both trees.

Revision 2698 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 13:52:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Add better error reporting in PG translator.  In particular, these
changes add two new features:

	1)  produce a full stack trace when a .pg file dies, and
	2)  convert (eval nnn) references to filenames, when
	    possible, in warn and die messages while processing a
	    .pg file.

There is also a change in the webwork tree that is needed to make this
all work, so be sure to apply updates in both trees.

Revision 2697 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 12:43:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Two more minor TeX improvements.

Revision 2696 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 12:34:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Improved TeX and string output in a number of situations.  Improved
use of parentheses to avoid things like x+-3.  Fixed wrong parentheses
in powers.  Display (sin(x))^2 as sin^2(x) in TeX output.

Revision 2695 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 02:09:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Sort lists of set definition files alphabetically.

Revision 2694 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 28 01:30:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added instructions/examples for problib hash from 2-0-patches

Revision 2692 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 21:49:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Use the current context if the answer doesn't have one itself (like
with Value objects).

Revision 2691 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 21:14:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use "real" table names when checking names and overridden table names
when constructing sql statements

Revision 2690 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 21:13:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed default database layout to sql_single

Revision 2689 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 21:12:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added sql_single layout

Revision 2688 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 19:42:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added in functMaxConstantOfIntegration support in the adaptive
parameter answer checking.  Also added a flag to the formula answer
checker that allows checking a formula up to a constant (for
integration problems).  This really just adds a new parameter to the
context and adds that to the formula, so there is nothing deep about
this.

	ANS(Formula("2x")->cmp(upToConstant=>1));

Finally, don't look for adaptive parameters if they aren't actually
used in the professor's formula (even if they are defined).

Revision 2687 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 27 00:28:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added ability to have linear adaptive parameters in the function
answer checker.  It only works for real-valued functions, though.
To use a parameter, use

       Context()->variables->add(a=>'Parameter');

and then use 'a' as a variable within your answer.  The student will
not be allowed to enter the parameter, but the professor will.

Note that the correct answer will show the full professor's answer,
including the parameters, even though the student can't type it.  Is
this the right behaviour?

Revision 2686 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 26 02:38:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug in computation of average number of attempts (counter was not
being reset).  Also made display of average number of attempts display
tenths (these are small numbers as it is, it emphasizes that it is an
average, and it fits well below 2 digit percentages in the same table).

Revision 2685 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 26 01:34:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed logic for the check/submit buttons.  Previously, if a student had 1
attempt remaining, they only got a check button.  The problem was that
can{recordAnswers} was used for both deciding record/submit and for whether
or not to produce the Submit button.  On the last submission, these are
different.  So, this adds a new field to can/must/will so that one field
says whether we can record the current attempt, and another says if we
can generate a Submit button.

Revision 2684 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 21:35:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added the makeUnion call that was removed earlier.  The AnswerChecker
for formulas sometimes called it (when the student's answer is constant).

Revision 2683 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 16:53:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added code to generate indexes when creating sql and sql_single courses.

Revision 2682 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 03:36:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug with  sin^2 x  that introduced when I adjusted the
error report for implied multiplication.

Revision 2681 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 03:34:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
TeX mode now adds parentheses around fractions, when needed.

Revision 2680 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 03:33:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Made string function look for a string field in teh definition of the
function as an override for its name. (This way, you can make asin
appear as arcsin or even sin^(-1) if you want).

Revision 2679 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 24 03:31:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed wrong error messages when operators are undefined in a context.

Revision 2678 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 23:55:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Modified the parser so that the classes for the various object
constructors are stored in the context table rather than hard-coded
into the parser.  That way, you can override the default classes with
your own.  This gives you even more complete control to modify the
parser.  (You had been able to replace the definitions of operators,
functions and list-like objects, but could not override the behaviour
of numbers, strings, variables, and so on.  Now you can.)

This effects most of the files, but only by changing the name of the
calls that create the various objects.

There are also a couple of other minor fixes.

Revision 2677 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 19:14:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed the default behavior of feedback e-mail addresses to what was
probably intended.  The behavior before was by default, all feedback e-mail
was disabled.  Now, by default feedback goes to profs/tas with e-mail
addresses, or to the list of people if it is explicitly given (which can be
blank if you want to disable feedback e-mail).

Revision 2676 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 05:00:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Better highlighting for syntax error involving implied
multiplication.  (No highlighted had been done in the past.)

Revision 2675 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 04:59:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Get the type right when evaluating an AbsoluteValue and obtaining a
Value object.

Revision 2674 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 04:58:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Remove more lines in error messages produced while evaluation student
answers.

Revision 2673 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 23 01:21:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Moved WW-specific routines from Parser.pm to WeBWorK.pm.
Changed error reporting when the error message was not generated by
the parser directly.  (The stack trace and line number references are
removed before the error is reported.)

Revision 2672 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 22:46:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added easy calls to disable/enable collections of functions or
individual functions in the current context.  So you can say

	   Parser::Context::Functions::Disable('Trig');

to disallow the use of trig functions, or

	   Parser::Context::Functions::Disable('Trig','Numeric');
	   Parser::Context::Functions::Enable('sqrt');

to disable trig and numeric functions (like log, exp, abs, etc) but
allow sqrt.

Note that disabling sqrt() does not disable x^(1/2) (this must be done
through disabling the ^ and ** operators), and disabling abs() does
not disable |x| (which must be done by removing the '|' definition
from the Context's parens list).

Revision 2671 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 21:18:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some inconsistencies between handing of matrices within the
parser and Value packages.  Added a predefined Matrix context.

Revision 2670 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 16:06:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Had the default granularity the wrong direction.

Revision 2669 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 15:42:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Made the granularity of the test-point intervals be a parameter that
can be set on a global or variable-by-variable basis, so this is now
controlable from the .pg file.  For example:

            Context("Numeric")->variables->are(
              k=>{limits=>[1,10], resolution=>1},
              x=>{limits=>[-2,2], granularity=>1000},
            );

will make k be a variable that will only take on integer values
between 1 and 10, and x a variable that will take on one of 1000
different values evenly spaced between -2 and 2 (so resolution is
4/1000 in this case).

These parameters can also be set for an individual formula:

           $f = Formula("k^2-1");
           $f->{resolution} = 1;
           $f->{limits} = [0,10];

Revision 2668 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 02:55:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed TeX output of Matrices to use \array rather than \matrix for
matrices with formulas as entries (this had already been fixed for
constant matrices).  Made intervals produce formulas when of of the
endpoints is a formula.  Removed unneeded comment.

Revision 2667 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 02:51:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added support for dimension warnings in the answer checker for
formulas that return points, vectors or matrices.

Revision 2666 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 00:56:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Formulas can now be compared even if their variables are complex
numbers, or even points or vectors!  This makes it possible to ask
students for complex functions like z^2+i and so on.

You can specify limits for variables either via
Context()->variables->set(x=>{limits=>[0,1]})  (for reals) or
Context()->variables->set(z=>{limits=>[[-2,2],[0,1]]}) (for complexes).
Similarly for points and vectors (where the number of sub arrays
depends on the dimension).  You can also give the limits for a
specific formula by assigning to its ->{limits} field:

    $f = Formula("sqrt(x-10)");
    $f->{limits} = [10,12];

There are now named variable types for 'Point2D', 'Point3D',
'Vector2D' and 'Vector3D', in addition to 'Real' and 'Complex'.
You can also specify a variable type by giving an explicit instance of
a value of the given type.  E.g.

    Context()->variables->add(x=>'Real',y=>0);     # two real variables
    Context()->variables->add(z=>'Complex',w=>i);  # two complexes
    Context()->variables->add(r=>Vector(0,0,0));   # a vector in R^3
    Context()->variables->add(X=>'Vector3D');      # a vector in R^3

There still needs to be more error checking in processing
user-supplied limits, but I'm not sure how much overhead is worth it.

Revision 2665 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 22 00:41:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Made the default context be Numeric context rather than Full context.
Since there is only one variable in this context, it will speed up
function answer checking.  It will also encourage you to choose the
correct context explicitly.

Also changed Complex context to have z as the only variable.  If you
want x and y as reals, you need to add them in by hand.  Again, this
is for efficiency in answer checking.

Revision 2664 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 21 22:02:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added a file to perform WeBWorK-specific modifications to the
Parser/Value packages.  (I've tried to make these independent of
WeBWorK, so you can use them in other perl code if you want to.)

The parameters for fuzzy reals and some of the other parameters now
are taken from the pg->{ansEvalDefaults} values (as defined in
global.conf or course.conf).  More still needs to be done with this,
however.

Revision 2662 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 21 19:02:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 7 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated document to reflect changes in List()->cmp flags.

Revision 2661 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 15:56:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
A number of fixes to make handing lists work better.  In particular,
you can now specify checks for whether the right kinds of parentheses
(or none at all) are used on the student's answer.  Some of the flags
for the list checker have been changed to accommodate this.

Revision 2660 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 15:52:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
A number of adjustments to get negative infinities to work better.
They used to be stored as separate Parser strings, but now they are
flagged versions of a single string.

All of the problems are really due to the fact that there is no
Infinity class in the Parser (only a Value version).  That should be
changed, but will require some work, and can be put off for now.

It would be best if the classes within the two packages would match up
nearly 1-to-1, but for historical reasons, they don't.  Since the
introduction of Real, String and Infinity classes to the Value
package, The Infinity class is the one main difference between the
two, and once that is fixed, everything needs to be looked over to
check for unnecessary complications due to the historical lack of classes
in one or the other package.

Revision 2658 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 11:17:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make blank patterns be ^$ (which should never match) rather than empty
(which always matches).  this fixes a problem where if a context has
no functions, for example, the parser would attempt to create function
calls to a function named ''.

Revision 2657 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 11:13:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Handle trapped error messages that are not produced by the parser
error reporter (i.e., by bugs within the parser itself).  Also added
an error if implied multiplication is attempted when the operator for
it is not defined in the current context.

Revision 2656 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 02:13:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
We need to protect the HTML in the professor's answer so that if it
contains <, for example, it won't disappear.

Revision 2655 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 02:11:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo.

Revision 2654 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 20 02:11:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Avoid possible infinite recursion in promotePrecedence() when special
precedence is used.

Revision 2653 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 17:31:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed error with handling of +infinity and -infinity.
(They had been defined as strings, but now we can let the + and -
operators handle them).

Revision 2652 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 15:45:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added special handling of ' Top' directory for problem templates
now selecting top will show files in top directory not literal "Top" directory
fixes bug #630

Revision 2651 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 14:51:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Improved output for this sample problem.

Revision 2650 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 14:23:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added Parser::Number::NoDecimals() function that causes the parser to
give an error message when the student types a decimal number.  This
means the student must enter fractions as fractions, or values like
sqrt(2) or pi/4 symbolically not numerically.

Revision 2649 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 14:19:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed an error in the generation of regexp patterns for the various
data types.

Revision 2648 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 12:38:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The answer checkers now work with subclasses of Formulas that are not
part of the Value:: package tree itself (we call Value::isFormula()
rather than checking the class directly).

I also removed the various cmp_* flags that stored method names as
they ended up not needing to be used (they were intended as a means of
overriding the default method names, but subclassing turned out to be
a better approach).

I moved some initialization of the answer checker out of the anonymous
subroutine that is installed in the checker and just have that
subroutine call the correct answer's main checker (which I renamed).

Finally, I changed the student_ans value to be an HTMLized version of
the student answer, since the student could include things like < in
his answer (e.g., for vectors), in which case his whole answer might
disappear.  I wonder if this couldn't be handled better at a higher
level, as it seems wrong to make the student_ans be HTML rather than
the parsed string.  I originally thought Problem.pm could do the
protecting of HTML special characters, but this won't work without
additional changes, since some answer checkers put HTML into
student_ans to mark sytanx errors in the student answer, and you DON'T
want to protect those HTML characters.  The student_ans field is
probably being misused in this, and there might want to be another
field that gets used by Problem.pm in place of student_ans (which can
be HTML protected) when it is non-empty; say student_HTML or something
like that.  The answer checkers could use that field if it wants to
add HTML to the student answer, and student_ans otherwise, with the
assurance that it's HTML characters will be protected.  That way, if a
second answer checker calls the first (like some list checkers do),
then the second checker doesn't have to worry about removing HTML from
the student ans, and doesn't ahve to wonder whether the student_ans
actually contains an error message or syntax markings rather than the
actual student answer.

Revision 2647 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 12:18:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Context() now accepts a reference to an actual Context object rather
than a name of a predefined context, and will switch to that.

Revision 2646 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 12:16:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make it possible to create subclasses of objects in the value package
that are not actually in the Value:: package tree.  This makes it
possible to have .pl files (that are run via loadMacros) that create
new Value object classes that are local to the problem rather than
global to the system.  (With mod_perl, if a .pl file added to the
Value:: tree itself, the results would be persistent, and this could
adversely affect future problems processed by the same httpd child
process.  It could lead to "redefined subroutine" errors, or worse.)
This provides a safe way to extend the parser on a problem-specific
basis.

This technique is used in the line and plane answer checkers (coming
soon), for example.  If such a checker becomes widely used, it can
always be added into the Value:: tree at a later time.

Revision 2645 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 12:02:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make sure equality always returns a defined value, and
put spaces around the equal sign in string output.

Revision 2644 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 12:01:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make sure loadMacros() doesn't try to load these files more than once.

Revision 2643 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 19 11:55:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Use the standard precedences rather than the experimental ones by
default.  The professor will need to specificaly request the
non-standard ones, for now.

Revision 2642 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 22:55:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Bringing Hardcopy.pm up to date on this branch.  This fix
corrects bug #636. Students can no longer print hardcopy of
hidden sets.

Revision 2640 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 01:42:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added deletion code, got rid of crap.

Revision 2639 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 01:41:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added ordering and descriptions for known database layouts

Revision 2638 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 18 01:40:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added debugging header!

Revision 2637 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 20:17:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added \boldsymbol, though it is just an alias for \mathbf, which isn't
really the right thing.  But jsMath doesn't have the bold math italic
font to call on, so there is not much to do about that.

Revision 2636 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 18:52:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Actually display answers of zero. showHTML() was returning an EMPTY
STRING if its argument didn't have a TRUE VALUE.

Revision 2635 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 18:51:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Actually record answers of zero in the answer log. An EMPTY string was
logged if the student answer was not a TRUE VALUE. Thus, answers of zero
were not being logged (although they were still in the transaction log).

Revision 2634 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 15:21:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Changed the string used for the student answer to be taken from the
unevaluated formula rather than the fully-evaluated one.  This leaves
constants unreplaced, for one thing.

Currently the parser combines constants automatically during the parse
[which should be controllable by a flag], so student answers that
produce numbers are fully evaluated at this point already, except for
constant substitution.  This could be changed so that even for
numberic results, the student sees the parsed expression (rather than
the numeric result), which might help them identify where they and the
parser differ in their interpretation.  It is still nice to see the
final computed result, however, but there is no place to show the
parsed input as well as the final result.  One solution would be to
add another column (wasting space).  Another would be to make the
value shown be "parsed-value = computed-value" when they are not the
same thing.  A bit ugly, but works within the current framework.

Revision 2633 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 15:13:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated the parser documentation to include the new features.  In
particular, included information about the answer checkers.

Also, minor changes to some sample problems.

Revision 2632 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 12:05:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo in name of random generator.

Revision 2631 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 11:59:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Switched to Interval context (this makes sure open intervals are
considered intervals rather than lists).

Revision 2630 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 02:05:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
New example files for the parser's function answer checker.

Revision 2629 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 17 02:01:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a number of minor problems with creating perl functions from
formulas (this is done automatically as part of the function answer
checker, so is showing up now that I have that checker in place).

Also improved error messages in the function answer checker, and fixed
a bug when students enter a constant list or union when the answer
checker expects formulas.

Revision 2628 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 21:41:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Allow parser "constants" to be (in reality) formulas.  That way, for
example, you can defined T, N and B to be the formulas for the unit
tangent, normal and binormal of a space curve (as functions of "t")
and the student can write anwers in terms of T, N and B (without
having to compute them).

You could have created FUNCTIONS T(t), N(t) and B(t), and added them
to the parser to get almost the same effect, but the students would
have had to include the "(t)".  (If you want that, go ahead and do it
that way.)

Revision 2627 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 20:22:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed unwanted side-effects of some type-match checks, and moved the
ignoreStrings flag so that it is available for the checkers of ANY type.

Revision 2626 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 19:44:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
One more fix for handling intervals properly (I think it's really
right this time).  Also, named constants that end in numbers will
produce TeX output with the number as a subscript (this was already
true for variable names).

Revision 2625 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 18:35:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added string comparison to all Value object classes (to compare the
string value of an object to another string).

Overloaded perl '.' operator to do dot product when the operands are
formulas returning vectors.  (Part of the auto-generation of
formulas).

A few improvements to real and complex class output results.

Made Union class slightly more robust and removed need for makeUnion
method other than in the Union itself.

Revision 2624 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 13:44:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added support for unorderd list or formulas with partial credit.
Fixed type mismatch reporting in formula answer checker.
Fixed an error with Unions producing incorrect perl versions under
some circumstances.

Revision 2623 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 16 11:35:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typos in Software Warning message.

Revision 2622 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 22:46:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Created the first draft of the Parser's function answer checker.  Some
work still needs to be done, in particular, type mismatches are not
being reported, and lists are being processed only as ordered lists
with no partial credit.

This doesn't implement everything from fun_cmp.  In particular, there
is no support for parameter matching at the moment.  This will have to
be added, but I'm not quite sure how to do it when the function's
return value is not a real number (e.g., an interval).

On the other hand, this checker is more forgiving about domain errors:
if tries a point where the professor's function is not defined, it
ignores that one and looks for another (until it decides it can't find
one).  Once it has these points, it tries them on the student's
answer, and if the student's function is undefined, then the student
answer is wrong (since it is not defined somewhere that the
professor's funciton is).  This avoids the "Error evaluating student
function at ..." messages, which just confused most students anyway.

Revision 2621 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 17:05:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Improved error messages, particularly when the student enters a
formula in an answer that should be constant, and also for incorrect
answers in lists of answers.  There are a few other miscellaneous output
improvements as well.

Revision 2620 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 12:02:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Had to put back the global context variable after all.  :-(
It gets reset in Parser.pl, so it should be OK even with mod_perl.

Revision 2619 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 00:45:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Modified Context() function so that it no longer uses a global package
variable for storing the user's context table.

Revision 2618 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 00:16:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added $showPartialCorrectAnswers = 1 to get hints and partial credit.

Revision 2617 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Aug 15 00:13:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The Union answer checker now uses the generic List checker, so that it
will be able to produce partial credit and hints about which Intervals
are correct.

Revision 2616 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 21:29:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added an equality operator (not active initially) that can be used for
things like equations of planes and so on.  I'm working on the answer
checker for that.

Revision 2615 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 21:27:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
*** empty log message ***

Revision 2614 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 19:37:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added functions to macro file needed for new samples.

Revision 2613 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 19:33:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated example files to use new features of parser and its answer checkers.

Revision 2612 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 19:29:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some bugs in the handle of the context in ->string and ->TeX
methods of Value objects.

Revision 2611 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 15:59:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a typo in one of the parser answer checkers.  Added a line that
was incorrecctly removed in the parser.

Revision 2610 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 13:55:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The class file for the Value::String object.  (Forgot to add it before
the last commit.  Sorry!)

Revision 2609 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 13:54:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added a String type to the Value package.  Mostly this is to make it
possible to generate an answer checker for it that uses the parser.
It also makes it more consistent for handling things like stringify,
especially when they are recursively called internally.

Added new default strings "NONE" and "DNE", since these get used a
lot.

Modified how the default parameters are set up for the answer
checkers, and how the answer checker reports the expected answer type
in type mismatch error messages.

Revision 2608 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 13:49:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added Infinity function (similar to i and pi) for creating infinity
constants.

Revision 2607 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 11:26:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Allow unary + and - to work on infinities.

Revision 2606 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 11:25:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Can now specify that the objects stringify themselfs in their TeX
forms rather than their answer-string forms.  This makes it easier to
use the objects in the text of a problem (without having to call ->TeX
explicitly each reference).

Use

       Context()->texStrings

to start outputting TeX strings, and

      Context()->normalStrings

to switch back.

Revision 2605 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 14 02:50:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Incorporated infinities into Parser package better.  They have been
stored as String objects (with extra data) in the parser, and I've
left it that way, but now they convert to/from Vallue::Infinity
objects correctly, and these are used for generating the output.

Also added the Infinity answer checker, and adjusted the error
messages produces by type mismatches in the answer checkers and
elsewhere.

Revision 2604 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 23:49:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some output issues with intervals and unions.

Revision 2603 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 23:01:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added an Infinite object class for the Value package.  Still need to
add it to the Parser package.

Revision 2602 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 22:57:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Changed the way the parser checks to see if it is loaded.

Revision 2601 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 19:06:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added ability to report incorrect coordinates in point and vector
answers, and incorrect endpoints and endpoint types in intervals.
Separated these kinds of checks from the typeMatch check, where they
didn't really belong.

Added ability to specify intervals and unions as strings in Interval()
and Union(), which makes it easier to make constants of these types.

There are still problems comparing intervals that contain infinities;
I really need to make the infinity object to solve this, so have put
off trying to fix that for now.

Revision 2600 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 14:39:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Handle list entries that are not Value objects better.

Revision 2599 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 14:19:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
The List object's answer checker is now considerably improved.  It
will allow you to specify an unorderd or ordered check, and whether to
print various kinds of hints for wrong answers.

The checker can return partial credit, but WW doesn't deal well with
this at the moment (some small changes to Problem.pm can take care of
that).  Partial credit should be based on $showPartialCorrectAnswers,
but it is disabled for now.

The list answer checker probably still needs some work, especially
with non-numeric lists.

Revision 2598 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 11:42:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed unneeded macro file.

Revision 2597 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 13 11:38:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added answer checker for parallel vectors.
Added option to number checker to have it not report type mismatches
for the known strings (like 'infinity').  (Really need a class for
infinities, and a Value.pm class for strings.)

Revision 2596 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 23:11:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Have parser handle infinities better.

Revision 2595 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 20:25:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated examples and problems.

Examples were modified so that they produce better PDF files (they now
use single-column mode rather than double-column mode).

The samples were renamed so they sort better, and more were added that
show how to use the answer checkers.

Revision 2594 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 20:17:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixes for handling intervals better.  In particular, deal better with
ambiguous situations, like (1,2) that could be a point.

You can use [a,a] to specify the single point a.  I'd like to make {a}
represent this (and maybe even {a,b,c} to form finite sets), but this
would interfere with the use of { and } as alternative parentheses.
(Does anyone really use these?)

Do we need a cross product for intervals (and sets) as a means of
representing regions in R^2 (or higher)?

Revision 2593 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 16:48:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
This is a preliminary attempt at adding answer checkers that use the
parser.  If you have a parser object (like a formula or a vector), you
can use the ->cmp method to get an answer checker appropriate for the
object.  For example:

	 Context('Vector');
	 $v = Vector(1,2,3);
	 #  print text of problem
	 ANS($v->cmp);

would produce an answer checker that matched against the vector <1,2,3>.
Most of the parameters are set in the Context, but additional ones can
be passed to the checker (this still needs work).

See the sample problems for more examples.

The checkers for Reals, Complexes, Points, Vectors, Matrices and
Intervals work pretty well.  The ones for List and Union objects need
more work, as they only do an ORDERED check at the moment (the student
answers must be in the same order).  This needs to be fixed.
The checker for Formula objects (which corresponds to fun_cmp) still
needs to be written.

Revision 2592 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 12 16:40:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
A number of small fixes.  Most were to fix minor bugs in string and
TeX output, particulary for the various list-based objects (like
vectors, intervals, etc.).  There were also some bug fixes in the
comparison routines.  Some additional checks were added for valid
intervals when the coordinates are formulas.

Revision 2591 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 11 22:16:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Convention of null database fields being converted to blanks made
null/blank date entries for a single user appear to be overrides, which they
aren't.

Revision 2590 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 11 18:02:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added Real() command to create fuzzy reals.

Revision 2588 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 23:58:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use database-layout-specific helper functions in
WeBWorK::Utils::CourseManagement::*.

Revision 2587 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 23:57:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
broke out database-layout specific code into separate classes

Revision 2586 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 23:55:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added comments, backquoted table names.

Revision 2585 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 23:55:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added comments

Revision 2584 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 15:52:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added ability to unassign selected sets from selected users

Revision 2583 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 10 11:22:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed generation of LaTeX version of sqrt(...).

Revision 2582 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 9 21:43:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
One more file needed for the examples.

Revision 2581 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 9 21:42:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Minor updates to the parser examples (mostly to reorganize the macro
files).  Note that the sample answer checker in extensions/8-answer.pg
now handles fuzzy coordinate checks automatically, since it uses the
overloaded == that now does fuzzy checks.

Revision 2580 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 9 21:38:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Forgot to add this file.  It implements the "fuzzy real" class.

Revision 2579 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 9 21:38:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Significant update to new parser.

New features include:

  Better control over format of vector output (you can now
    specify ijk-format rather than <...> format)

  "Fuzzy" reals, where the relations like == return true when the
    two values are "close enough".  (This is controlable using
    parameters similar to those used in NUM_CMP).

  The fuzzy reals are now used in vectors/points/matrices/complexes/intervals
    and so on so that their relations will also be fuzzy.  E.g.,
    (1E-13,2) == (0,3) will be true, and norm(Vector(0,1E-13)) will
    equal 0.

  The two main portions of the parser (the Parser and Value packages)
    now share a common context object for configuration purposes.

Revision 2578 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:56:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed inclusion of wrong macro file in sample5.

Revision 2577 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:54:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added the parser to the preloaded modules list.

Revision 2576 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:52:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make Parser work with PGauxiliaryFunctions.pl, and add the macro files
needed to initialize the parser.

Revision 2575 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:40:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Two more macro files needed for the Parser examples.

Revision 2574 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:23:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make Parser live nicely with Complex1.pm.

In particular, make the i() function determine whether it should
call the Complex::i() function or the Parser version.

Revision 2573 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 20:17:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
A number of small updates and corrections.  Corrected typos in the
documentation, fixed a few items in the samples, added the macros
needed by the samples.

Revision 2572 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 4 17:31:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed "me" to this problem and fixed bug which appeared if a set_id
started with "set".

Revision 2569 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 31 02:23:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
README file for htdocs/tmp

Revision 2565 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 31 02:13:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
merged parser extension docs from rel-2-1-a1

Revision 2562 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 30 22:57:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Merged changes from the following commit to rel-2-1-a1.

Revision 1.41.2.4, Tue Jul 27 22:36:57 2004 UTC (3 days ago) by gage
Branch: rel-2-1-a1
Changes since 1.41.2.3: +4 -2 lines

Allows .html, .gif, .png, .txt as well as .pg files to be uploaded and
downloaded from the template directory and files under it.  Still can't
upload/download to the html directory

This is not a final solution, but a hack that make workarounds for many
operations possible for those who do not have direct unix access.  It's
still too clunky, but it's a start.

Revision 2559 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 28 20:45:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
some old, old changes

Revision 2558 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 28 20:32:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
merged changes from rel-2-1-a1 -- stop using that branch.

Revision 2557 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 28 20:02:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changes from rel-2-0-patches

Revision 2556 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 28 14:55:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Minor updates

Arnie

Revision 2553 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 19:02:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Better comment about debuging dvipng problems.

Arnie

Revision 2552 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 18:57:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
change copyright date

Arnie

Revision 2551 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 18:50:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
updating documentation

Arnie

Revision 2550 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 27 00:14:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
use ww_strict::import(); as per Mike's suggestion

Arnie

Revision 2544 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 21 18:08:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
initial version

Arnie

Revision 2542 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 20 23:21:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed hashDatabaseOK to actually add problem records for global_user as
well as set records. this is also being committed to the rel-2-0-patches
branch.

Revision 2541 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 20 15:35:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
copied dpvc's bug fix for ANS_NUM_TO_NAME.

Arnie

Revision 2540 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 20 14:45:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Small chnges

Arnie

Revision 2539 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 22:17:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
before, after, between did not cover all cases.  The choice of the marginal
cases was decided by the best behavior when displaying problems from outside
an actual problem set (in which case the dates may all equal now).

Revision 2538 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 19:02:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Going back to version 1.19 from PG. Newer versions cause the error
Use of uninitialized value in string eq at (eval 150) line 3457

Arnie

Revision 2537 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 19 18:25:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Hack to prevent the following error with some operating systems
Unable to create sub named "Safe::Root2::_PG_init" at /usr/local/webwork/system/courseScripts//WeBWorK/PG/Translator.pm
line 536.

Arnie

Revision 2521 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 16 18:34:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated release notes, updated dates in copyright notice

Revision 2520 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 16 14:27:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
tiny formatting change -- rewrapped comment.

Revision 2519 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 16 02:16:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added comment

Revision 2518 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 16 01:32:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Will create the tempDirectory if it is missing.

this is useful if, for example, you switch the tmp directory from
webwork2/courses/courseName/html/tmp  to something like

/ww/htdocs/tmp/courseName

You don't want to create a courseName node for every course, you would
prefer to create only /ww/htdocs/tmp

the current version will create the node courseName if it doesn't exist
(or the name tmp in the first example) but will not create files
higher up the tree.

Revision 2516 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 16 00:59:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
set default paths to /opt/{webwork2,pg}

Revision 2515 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 15 21:22:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
YET ANOTHER CONFIG CHANGE -- PLEASE READ.

This chagne allows command-line scripts to continue to work without
defining a bunch of environment variables. Hopefully this will be the
last change...

Now only $webwork_dir is set in webwork.apache-config. That file then
uses this value to read the course environment and get the rest of the
configuration values that it needs out of global.conf. global.conf now
has variables like $webwork_url, $pg_dir, etc. at the top.

In summary:

* In httpd.conf, include webwork.apache-config.
* In webwork.apache-config set $webwork_dir to the path to webwork2.
* In global.conf, set $webwork_url, $pg_dir, $webwork_htdocs_url,
  $webwork_htdocs_dir, $webwork_courses_url, and $webwork_courses_dir.

Revision 2514 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 15 15:17:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
update documentation

Arnie

Revision 2513 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 15 13:53:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
new name and version of install documentation

Arnie

Revision 2512 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 15 00:13:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed field name (it's ANSWER date, not close date!)

Revision 2511 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 14 01:07:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
pass equation.dvi instead of equation to dvipng

Arnie

Revision 2510 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 14 00:47:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add PG_environment{onTheFlyImageSize}

Arnie

Revision 2509 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 13 19:43:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Change init routine so that it works with Perl 5.8 and 5.6

Arnie

Revision 2508 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 13 04:24:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rearranged to move commonly-changed values closer to the top.

Revision 2507 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 23:38:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
name submitAnswers button "Submit Answers for $effectiveUser" if acting
as a student. (as per jj's suggestion -- see bug #541 again.)

Revision 2506 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 23:37:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fix error in last commit

Revision 2505 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 22:15:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Generalized %can settings in Problem.pm with new permissions. Closes bug
#541. See said bug for more details.

Revision 2504 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 21:49:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added light grey background to div.problem. helps to make it clear
what's part of the problem and what isn't. not sure if this is a good
idea UI-wise.

Revision 2503 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 17:55:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed spacing in checkconfig message

Revision 2502 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 16:20:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed alledgedly unused variables.

Revision 2501 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 16:20:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added comments on how to create an .htaccess file.

Revision 2500 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 16:09:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed default WW directory to $HOME/webwork2

Revision 2499 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 11:29:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
new help files

Revision 2498 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 04:23:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Applied Bill Wheeler's urgency-sort patch, fixing bug #601.

Revision 2497 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 04:16:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
change name of htpasswd file to .htpasswd (as is typical).

Revision 2496 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 04:15:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
"Allow from all" for server-info/server-status in site config. People
can tighten this up by setting up authentication.

Revision 2495 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 04:06:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Applied Bill Wheeler's patch to send raw TeX to client as file download.
Fixes bug #589.

Revision 2494 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 03:48:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disable authentication by default, but you should enable it.

Revision 2493 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 02:44:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
These files are no longer used. See devel.apache-config and
devel-site.apache-config.

Revision 2492 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 02:43:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
DEVEL SYSTEM CONFIG CHANGES - PLEASE READ.

To complement the new Apache/WeBWorK configuration scheme, the
http-wwmp-header.conf and http-wwmp.conf files are being eliminated in
favor of a primarily Perl-based configuration scheme. This reduces
redundancy and allows both development and production system to share a
single "core" WeBWorK configuration file, webwork.apache-config.

The setup is described in the new top-level development server config
file devel.apache-config:

    This is an Apache configuration file suitable for use when doing
    development on the WeBWorK 2 system. This setup allows each
    developer to run an independent Apache server under their own UID,
    using their own working copy of the WeBWorK code. The configuration
    is split into three parts:

    The first part is a site-specific (but user-indepenent) file named
    devel-site.apache-config. It contains directives that are common to
    all development servers on the same host. The site administrator can
    chose to maintain a single copy of this file and have all developers
    reference it in a central location.

    The second part is the stock webwork.apache-config file that is used
    for normal installations. Customize this file, setting the
    $webwork_url, $webwork_dir, $pg_dir, etc. appropriatly for your
    development server.

    The third part is this file. It contains the user-specific
    directives that are specific to each developer's server.

Of the two files specific to development server configuration, only
devel-site.apache-config will require modification, and it need be
modified only once per host machine. devel.apache-config uses the UID
and GID and of the user running it, and the values set in
webwork.apache-conf, to configure itself.

wwapachectl has also been modified to refer to devel.apache-config
instead of http-wwmp.conf and streamline its configuration.

Revision 2491 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 02:30:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
MORE CONFIG CHANGES -- PLEASE READ.

I've changed the way WeBWorK is configured yet again. The Apache
configuration for WeBWorK is now done with <Perl> sections. This solves
the problem of "seeding" global.conf with initial values for the various
root directories and base URLs. it also eliminates redundancy in the
Apache configuration file itself.

The Apache configuration for WeBWorK is now contained in the file
conf/webwork.apache-config. This file is used both for normal systems,
where WeBWorK is integrated into the main Apache server, and development
systems, where each developer runs his or her own Apache server.

Inside webwork.apache-config, seven configuation variables are set:

     $webwork_url            The base URL handled by Apache::WeBWorK.
     $webwork_dir            The path to the base webwork2 directory.
     $pg_dir                 The path to the base pg directory.

     $webwork_htdocs_url     The base URL of the WeBWorK htdocs directory.
     $webwork_htdocs_dir     The path to the WeBWorK htdocs directory.

     $webwork_courses_url    The base URL of the WeBWorK courses directory.
     $webwork_courses_dir    The path to the WeBWorK courses directory.

These variables are used to configure the <Location>, Alias, AliasMatch,
and <Directory> directives necessary for WeBWorK operation.
$webwork_root and $pg_root are also used in "use lib" lines to add the
WeBWorK and PG lib directories to @INC.

Additionally, the above values are shared with WeBWorK via the
%WeBWorK::SeedCE hash. WeBWorK.pm passes the contents of this hash
(along with a value for "courseName") to CourseEnvironment.pm when
initializing the course environment. In turn, CourseEnvironment.pm seeds
the course environment namespace with these variables before evaluating
global.conf and course.conf.

Revision 2490 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 01:19:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
some changes from a while ago, never comitted.

Revision 2489 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 12 00:49:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fix error in feedback link when the server runs ssl (at least for its
standard port).

Revision 2488 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 11 21:36:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added better error messages.  Removed and extraneous slash.

Revision 2487 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 11 19:41:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Restoring gif2png default directory to one appropriate to unix installations
(as opposed to macs).  Sorry about that .

Revision 2486 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 21:53:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified placement of help link for instructor links.

Revision 2485 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 21:45:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added hook for help for instructor links.

Revision 2484 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 21:43:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Update help files.

Revision 2483 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 18:17:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Help for the course home page (Generated by ProblemSets.pm)

Revision 2482 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 18:13:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the way scoring files are read so that they work with files uploaded
from Macs.

Revision 2481 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 18:13:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added force_eoln() function for converting line endings of a string to unix line endings (\n)

Revision 2480 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 18:11:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added help escape handler specialized to handing a url with the
course name in the path.  The corresponding help file for this page
is course home.

Revision 2479 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 16:28:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
an ugly hack to convince safari to download the damn file! apparently
just sending a "Content-Disposition: attachment" header isn't enough. it
has to be a BINARY FILE! WTF! better solutions welcome.

Revision 2478 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 16:07:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support incremental sending of exported databases (still slow though).

Revision 2477 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 16:05:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
replaced !WEBWORK_ROOT! with $webworkRoot.

Revision 2476 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 10 16:05:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added support for writing database to stdout if filename is "-".

Revision 2475 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 9 16:48:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Intial entry

Revision 2474 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 23:27:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Handle case where setID and probNumber are undefined (e.g.
when editing course_info file.)

Revision 2473 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 21:38:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Properly escape params that are carried through login process.
Fixes bug #598.

Revision 2472 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 18:42:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Moved "use File::Find" to Instructor.pm, where it is used.

Revision 2470 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 15:53:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
update copyright notice

Arnie

Revision 2469 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 15:29:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Create equations directory if it doesn't exist.  All directories under
tmp should be recreated if they don't exist.

Arnie

Revision 2468 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 15:23:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added support for modifying .pg files in the templates directory

Revision 2467 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 15:22:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Create equations directory if it doesn't exist.  All directories under
tmp should be recreated if they don't exist.

Arnie

Revision 2466 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 15:19:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added use File::Find

Revision 2465 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 14:53:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added routines allowing the uploading, downloading and deletion of
.pg files under the templates directory.  Links are not followed.

It's probable that more checks and user interface messages will be
needed.

Revision 2464 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 14:27:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
initial entry

Arnie

Revision 2463 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 8 14:03:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Bring up to date

Arnie

Revision 2462 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 22:45:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added a space between words in message output to the screen.

Revision 2461 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 21:26:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Change permission of tmp files so that they can be removed.

Arnie

Revision 2460 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 21:13:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Make tmp files removable

Arnie

Revision 2459 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 20:21:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Bring ImageGenerator upto essentailly version 1.8

Arnie

Revision 2458 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 20:19:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
change tmp directory, pass arguments to ImageGenerator.pm

Arnie

Revision 2457 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 18:57:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Preliminary versions of help files.

Revision 2456 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 18:42:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
The bread crum path at the top leads back to the problem being edited, not to
the Instructor Tool.  This is at least reasonable behavior.

This fixes bug #596

--Mike

Revision 2455 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 18:15:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Don't show unpublished sets in the siblings list (unless of course
you have permission to see unpublished sets.  (published == visible, unpublished == hidden)

This might be a little slow if there is a very long list of sibling sets.
Each set has to be checked to see if it is published.

Revision 2454 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 17:51:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
use global_user for both login and studeent ID

Arnie

Revision 2453 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 17:22:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
set student_id == user_id for non-student users. this will help prevent
inadvertant collisions, as we're no longer making up fake student IDs.

Revision 2452 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 17:14:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
use global_user for login and change studentID to GlobalUserID

Arnie

Revision 2451 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 16:28:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add globalUser to default classlist

Arnie

Revision 2450 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 14:37:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the misnamed problem_header to hardcopy_header which is a more accurate
description of the variables use.

Hardcopy.pm now consults hardcopy_header as opposed to set_header

This addresses some of the concerns in bug #556

Revision 2449 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 11:35:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added

\setcounter{page}{1}%

to these two pages.

This addresses bug #593

Revision 2448 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 7 04:06:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated to latest jsMath.  This one includes a fallback character
mapping for unix (though it is not perfect, it should help).  See the
jsMath home page for some information about how to install the TeX
fonts for use with unix.

Revision 2447 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 6 21:53:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added comments that show how variables in global.conf correspond
to variables defined in the the httpd.conf file.

Revision 2446 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 6 21:23:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed call to hasPermissions.

Revision 2445 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 6 21:21:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow psvn to equal 0.  It could happen in situations where a problem
isn't really assigned to the person.

Revision 2444 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 6 16:12:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed "save options" to "apply options". fixes bug #586.

Revision 2443 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 6 15:16:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow new option for image.  extra_html_tags are added to the img tag of the
image.  Allows you to control the vertical alignment of an image.

Revision 2442 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 4 14:04:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed docs, resolving bug #588.

Revision 2441 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 4 02:08:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
URL for jsMath and asciimath was incorrectly set during the
reorganization.

Revision 2440 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 3 17:29:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
get dvipng settings from new place in CE

Revision 2439 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 3 17:29:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
formatting

Revision 2438 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 3 17:21:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
BIG CHANGES -- PLEASE READ.

- Changed the format of global.conf so that each setting is its own
statement. This makes it easier for users to override settings for a
course -- they can simply copy the single line from global.conf and
change the value. It also makes it easier to talk about individual
values in documentation.

- Commented each value with a description and advice. Finally! Yay!

- Moved the dvipng options to a new subhash of %pg. They are now in
$pg{displayModeOptions}{images}. Modified PG.pm and Problem.pm to match.

The next step is to do some organizaitonal work on this file so that the
most-chagned options are near the top.

Please tell me if you experience any problems as a result of these
changes! (Or better yet, submit at patch!)

Revision 2437 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 3 17:13:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed the way invalid courses are detected. $ce->{'!'} is no longer
used. also, if CE initialization throws an exception, it is caught and
labeled as a problem with CE init.

Revision 2436 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 2 20:39:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed uninitialized value.  (It comes into play when there are no
answers required, as is true for some problems in tour orientation set.)

Revision 2435 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 2 20:31:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fix uninitialized value.  (It comes into play if a problem doesn't
have any answer blanks.  We have these in our orientation set.)

Revision 2434 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 23:35:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
replaced remaining DECLINEs with explicit error messages.

Revision 2433 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 21:24:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed error output to label error as a webwork error.

Revision 2432 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 20:40:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cosmetic changes to check_modules.pl

Revision 2431 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 20:31:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Provide mechanism for adding extra problem library buttons
to the Library Browser.

These changes allow you to specify (via course.conf or global.conf)
that certain subdirectories of the templates directory are to have
separate buttons in the top panel of the Set Maker.  These buttons
only appear if the directories actually exist, and any other
directories are listed in the "Local Problems" button as usual.  If
the list of these directories is empty (the default), then the results
are just like they currently are, but it allows one more level of
separation of the hierarchy for those who want it.

The idea is to make symbolic links to the problem libraries from
Rochester, ASU, etc., and have separate buttons for these.  This
avoids having one monster menu with all the problems in it.  (Of
course, you could make buttons for any directories you want.)  There
are instructions in global.conf.dist that exmplain how to do configure
this.

Revision 2430 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 18:46:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed deprecated mksqldb utility. use new addcourse utility instead.

Revision 2429 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 1 16:37:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Adjusted test for whether a value is really an override.  Before it was
just whether the value was defined, but now we automatically promote
undef to empty strings.

Revision 2428 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 20:47:29 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made adjustment analogous to what is in StudentProgress.  Without it,
you get "" used in addition errors.

Revision 2427 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 20:23:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed "last" variables that were not being passed back from
the table row routine (where they are changed).

Revision 2426 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 15:18:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Error.pm will now serve as 404 not found page
so far only used for bad course names
fedhecks for bad course names
should work now for ww1 courses (bug #584)

Cvs: ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Revision 2425 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 15:15:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed checks for bad course names
should work now for ww1 courses (bug #584)

Revision 2424 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 30 01:26:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added README file mostly to prevent this directory from being pruned
when -P, -r, or -D is given.

Revision 2423 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 29 23:20:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Updated to v1.4 of jsMath.  This includes a number of improvements
(see the jsMath home page for details).  Among these are spacing
improvements, support for more LaTeX commands (including sizing
commands like \tiny, \large, etc), better handling of unicode
characters when the TeX fonts aren't available (on the Mac), and some
speed improvement with some browsers.

Revision 2422 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 28 14:31:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Improved logic from last fix - declaring problems from outside setmaker to
be invalid if they have no global problem.

Revision 2421 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 28 14:26:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug 583.

Revision 2420 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 21:56:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Most of the work for adjusting vertical alignment of images is here.

Revision 2419 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 21:07:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Pass more arguments to imagegenerator for image alignment.

Revision 2418 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 20:44:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Minor additions so that ImageGenerator can get image alignment right.

Revision 2417 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 20:40:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added comments on how to make a mysql database for dvipng depths.

Revision 2416 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 16:14:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Removed short-lived code for putting javascript tags into html page.

Revision 2415 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 16:12:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Altered course in how to set vertical alignment of images, so this
undoes calls for javascript, and passes more arguments to imagegenerator
(which can be used someday soon).

Revision 2414 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 26 00:00:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added generation of javascript commands to align dvipng images, when
requested.

Revision 2413 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 23:56:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added variables for controlling vertical alignment of dvipng images.  You
can choose your favorite constant value like baseline or absmiddle, or give
parameters for a mysql database to hold vertical offsets for individualized
alignments.

Revision 2412 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 23:53:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added utility function for producing javascript commands for vertical
alignment of dvipng images.

Revision 2411 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 18:37:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Report number of images removed, improved behavior when the user specifies
both --remove and --report, die if you don't have permissions to remove an
image, and removed comments.

Revision 2410 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 16:29:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added comment on how to skip the equation cache.

Revision 2409 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 16:27:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow option of not using the cache.  If its path is the empty string, then
we just return the md5 hash of the latex string followed by a 1.

Revision 2408 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 16:23:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Script for removing dvipng images matching various date criteria.

Revision 2407 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 15:31:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed suggested dvipng args for versions >= 1.0 to capture vertical
alignment information.

Revision 2406 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 15:18:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Loas IO.pl in 3 places

Arnie

Revision 2405 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 15:17:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Load IO.pl.  Also log answers in show past answers only if answers are submitted
and not anonymous (i.e. don't log answers if students only previews and don't log
questionnaire responses).

Arnie

Revision 2404 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 15:15:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add PG_environment{mailSmtpSender}

Arnie

Revision 2403 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 15:02:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
slight changes

Arnie

Revision 2402 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 14:54:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Transfering files from pg directory back into courseScripts

Arnie

Revision 2401 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 14:39:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Transfering files from pg directory back into courseScripts

Arnie

Revision 2400 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 12:32:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed error in ANS_NUM_TO_NAME.

Revision 2398 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 00:09:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks
fixed bad logic on bad set/problem in URL as professor
minor cosmetic changes

Revision 2397 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 25 00:08:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2396 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 22:07:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Moved the <BR> in std_print_q from the beginning of a line to the end
of a line.  This prevents unexpected initial blank lines.

Revision 2395 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 21:10:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Make the spacing a little smaller, and make a break above the rule
more desirable, while disallowing one after the rule.

Revision 2394 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 21:06:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Moved problem-separation snippet to ABOVE the problem (to get the
line above the first problem and simultaneously avoid having to check
for being the last problem).

Also put the correct answers in verbatim mode to avoid having to make
and-hoc adjustments to the answer string (the result will be exactly
what the instructor typed, no matter what).

This also avoids a problem when the correct answer begins with "[",
where LaTeX would think this was part of an optional parameter to
\item and either eat the answer (up to the "]") or fail to run
entirely (if the answer were "[1,infinity)" for example).

If you don't like the verbatim, you can take it out, but then add {}
or \relax after the \item to avoid this problem.

Revision 2393 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 21:01:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed the experimental Parser-based implementations of i(), j() and k().
(sorry about that).

Revision 2392 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 21:00:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed skip and rule from problem header generated in TeX mode here,
and let the snippets handle it (they were producing redundent rules).

Also removed some unwanted spaces in htmllink().

(Accidentally committed experimental change to dangerousMacros.pl, and
don't know how to prevent it at this point, so I'll commit a change
back to the original in a moment.)

Revision 2391 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 20:54:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
exported database now has content type "application/xml".,

Revision 2390 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 20:54:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed incorrect "$r->status(OK)" line from reply_with_file. also
removed unused REPORT_BUGS_URL constant and reformatted remaining
constants.

Revision 2389 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 18:13:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed extra spaces from around dvipng images.

(These can cause bad line breaks, e.g. between mathematics and the
punctuation that follows.)

Revision 2388 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 18:08:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added default from, reply-to and subject values.

The subject probably needs improvement, but will do for now.

Revision 2387 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 18:07:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Avoid error messages for problem values that are blank.

Revision 2385 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 17:44:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
handle PRINT_FILE_NAMES_FOR.

Revision 2384 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 17:43:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
email handling. add email to user record, allowedRecipients, and
feedbackRecipients. Add userIDs of all added users to
PRINT_FILE_NAMES_FOR.

Revision 2383 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 17:22:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
put helpMacro with the macros, use CE bugReporter URL.

Revision 2382 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 17:22:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
indentation fix

Revision 2381 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 17:21:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added bugReporter URL

Revision 2380 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 24 16:59:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cosmetic changes

Revision 2379 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 23:11:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
improved error handling, made SQL statements more robust.

Revision 2378 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 23:10:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleaned up form layout and improved error handling. also, instead of
having a separate set of field
for the "admin user", implemented an option to "add the WeBWorK
administrators to the new course".

Revision 2377 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 23:09:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
no change

Revision 2376 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 21:04:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions for
viewing multiple sets
viewing unpublished sets
viewing unopened sets
viewing answers before the answer date

Revision 2375 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 20:45:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fail on bad course names

Revision 2374 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 19:20:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
made SQL statements more robust (fixes #577), improved error handling.

Revision 2373 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 19:19:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added check for a course already existing

Revision 2372 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 19:19:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added QuellSubroutineOutput to WeBWorK::Debug

Revision 2371 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 01:19:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved DISPLAY_MODE_FAILOVER to PGbasicmacros

Revision 2370 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 01:19:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved DISPLAY_MODE_FAILOVER into this file

Revision 2369 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 01:18:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
ImageGenerator is now using WeBWorK::Constants

Revision 2368 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 00:37:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now using WeBWorK::Debug instead of built-in debug() function.

Revision 2367 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 00:37:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
This module provides the function debug(). It conveniently writes
debugging output to STDERR or a logfile (if the $Logfile constant is
non-empty). It can be turned on and off with the $Enabled constnat.

This module should be used in place of warn() for any debugging output.
warn() should only be used for non-fatal errors that we want the user to
see, not informational status messages.

Revision 2366 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 00:33:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated timing to use $Enabled and $Logfile constants.

Revision 2365 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 23 00:33:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
preliminary Constants module. Currently holds configuration constants
for WeBWorK::Debug, WeBWorK::Timing, and WeBWorK::PG::ImageGenerator. It
is loaded by WeBWorK.pm.

I'm taking suggestions for what additional items to add to it.

Revision 2364 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 19:13:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fix things so that jsMath and asciiMath work

Arnie

Revision 2363 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 18:03:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When using the imageCache (which is always), put images into subdirectories
based on the first two characters of their md5 hash.

Revision 2362 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 17:13:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added stub for new constants file

Revision 2361 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 17:01:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
TODO: write this, use it for info boxes

Revision 2360 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 16:59:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
a comment

Revision 2359 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 22 16:55:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
not used anymore

Revision 2358 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 22:40:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
add jsmath and asciiMathML modes to WW1.9

Arnie

Revision 2357 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 22:38:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
removed unused subroutine html_top which caused warning message

Arnie

Revision 2356 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 20:11:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed permission check

Revision 2355 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 19:51:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
redid permissions checks

stopped professor from deleting or altering own record
(to avoid accidentally locking oneself out of a course)

Added column for login status

Revision 2354 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 21 19:07:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changing cosmetics in code (PG.pm) and the listing of links
(ContentGenerator)

Revision 2353 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 19 16:57:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This is a working version of the daemon

Revision 2352 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 18 21:27:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
replaced bad use of next with an if-else block

Revision 2351 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 18 20:48:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added export functionality with new export mode
redid permissions checks with hash
took out links for users that don't have permissions to view the linked pages

Revision 2350 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 18 18:52:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug that logged answers when students were just previewing.
Also fixed strange behavior involving previewing and sticcky answers

Arnie

Revision 2349 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 18 14:11:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks
removed unnecssary code/comments
fixed minor bug on invalid problem

Revision 2348 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 20:11:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
optimized the hell out of the database checking code

Revision 2347 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 20:10:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added getAllPSVNs() method

Revision 2346 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 20:10:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved creating of timing object up so we can use it sooner

Revision 2345 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 20:02:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Changed pacckage name from strict to ww_strict per Sam's suggestion
to prevent redefining warnings.

Arnie

Revision 2342 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 18:12:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
removed accidental submission of OptionList (not yet ready for use)

Revision 2341 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 17:40:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
re-added case for "edit_set_for_user", accidentally removed in last
revision.

Revision 2340 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 16:52:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
A better fix for the "add user" link problem.

this still calls AddUser module.  That will soon
be replaced by a call to UserList module once
Robert is done with his work.

--Mike

Revision 2339 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 16:36:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Replaced hardwiring of mth143b by courseName in "add user" link.

this piece of code still needs work.  It should be a button not a link.

Revision 2338 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 17 14:35:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

it may be necessary to give someone (like a TA) that does not have
the ability to assign sets, the ability to view how sets/users are
assigned for troubleshooting purposes but for now, they cannot

Revision 2330 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 18:26:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added countUserSets method

Revision 2329 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 18:21:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Searches for some of the executables such as dvipng and tth as well

Revision 2328 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 17:13:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
check for both definedness and non-emptiness when merging fields.

Revision 2327 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 16:56:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2326 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 15:22:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2325 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 02:13:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added permission level for reporting bugs.

Revision 2324 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 02:00:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updated ur.template to go with changes in "link"

Revision 2323 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 01:59:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
My latest effort at a list of links.  The "Add User" function can be accessed
from the Instructor Tools page or from the Class List Editor page

Revision 2322 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 01:58:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
First and last names of new instructor as inserted in the new course.

The list of courses one can use as a template is not alphabetized.

Revision 2321 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 16 01:27:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added hack for allowing exporting of set definition files.

If there is a conflict the earlier files are backed up.  So set 0 is
always exported to set0.def  and a previous set0.def file moves to
set0.def.bak.    There is only one backup.

The messages need work and the utilities, particularly saveProblem should be
moved to the Utils files.

--Mike

Revision 2320 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 20:43:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2319 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 18:55:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
getMerged* now use the global value when a field is empty ("") rather
than when a field is undefined.

Revision 2318 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 18:53:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
promote undefined values to "" in gets() and getAll().

Revision 2317 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 18:47:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
promote undefined values to "" in hash2record().

Revision 2316 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 15:23:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
new help file

Revision 2315 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 14:55:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed reference to $webworkURL in comments at top of file.

Revision 2314 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 15 14:46:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Closed up the two lines of instruction at the top of the page
Added a link to "Add users".  will eventually modify this to
a button so that it matches the rest of the page.

Revision 2313 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:59:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added database checking logic. if database is not ok, CG is set to
FixDB.

Revision 2312 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:58:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added hashDatabaseOK() function to check and repair hash-based databases
from webwork 1. can add global user and assign sets to global user.

Revision 2311 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:56:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
this module summarizes database problems and gives professors a chance
to fix them.

Revision 2310 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:55:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated instructions on how to set the database layout in course.conf.

Revision 2309 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:55:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added fix_course_databases capability

Revision 2308 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:18:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2307 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 22:00:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2306 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 21:41:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks
newly formatted for readability

Revision 2305 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 20:58:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2304 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 20:30:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2303 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 20:23:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permissions checks

Revision 2302 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 19:51:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added permission checks

Revision 2301 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 14 18:04:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added authorization checks

Revision 2300 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 13 01:30:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Make comparison of first
and last names fail silently if they don't exist.


Changed the formatting of the add course form

Revision 2299 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 13 01:29:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the formatting of the add course form

Revision 2297 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 13 00:20:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adding documentation for new Parser

Revision 2293 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 11 16:44:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added a few more macros to jsMath, and increased the font size a little.

Revision 2292 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 11 16:40:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in jsMath mode where it would not display < (when it looked like
part of a tag).

Also, removed unwanted spaced around input box.

Revision 2291 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 11 15:47:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When editting a problem, you now have the option of adding it to an
existing set.

Revision 2290 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 11 15:05:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed problem header to paper header
fixed minor bug in importing a set

Revision 2289 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 11 14:38:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed bad comparison that failed on set named '0'

Revision 2288 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 10 16:30:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
reworked error messages

Revision 2287 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 10 14:19:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
added a constant displayModeFailover to the global environment to make webwork 1.9 work with changes to pgbasicmacros.

Revision 2286 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 9 21:41:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
new icon for editing users/sets

Revision 2285 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 9 21:40:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
minor UI tweaks
added icon for editing sets/users

Revision 2284 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 9 02:57:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Use new utility function for adding problems to a set (when importing a set).

Revision 2283 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 9 02:51:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Make use of new utility function for adding a problem to a set.

Revision 2282 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 9 02:51:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added a utility function for adding a problem to a set, to be called from
several instructor modules.

Revision 2281 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 20:03:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed default globalUserID to "global_user"

Revision 2280 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 19:11:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
upped viewing threshold to 50
made new/imported sets default to unpublished

Revision 2279 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 17:13:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
removed ability to delete "visible" users
change red background to ResultsWithError class
CVS ----------------------------------------------------------------------

Revision 2278 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 17:07:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed visable to visible. Closes #554.

Revision 2277 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 02:06:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Reformatted the FUNCTION_CMP subroutine to make it more readable. Also,
one functional change:

< (defined ($inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} and $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} =~/\S/) )
> (defined $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} and $inputs_ref->{$prev_ans_label} =~/\S/)

I think the latter was what was intended.

Revision 2276 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 01:10:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added check for well-formed course IDs. closes bug #504.

Revision 2275 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 8 00:04:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed debug output. fixes bug #542.

Revision 2274 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 23:53:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
got rid of remaining calls to "wwerror". Fixes bug #530.

Revision 2273 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 23:00:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added README file mostly to prevent this directory from being pruned
when -P, -r, or -D is given.

Revision 2272 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 20:38:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added scoring ability
fixed permission tests

Revision 2271 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 19:34:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Set names might contain underscores, so they need to be protected in hardcopy
output.

Revision 2270 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 11:52:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Removed redundant HTML_jsMath check.

Revision 2269 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 02:50:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added success message when creating a new set.  Also,
added requested feature - when creating a new set, allow the user to assign
it to themselves.  This is done through javascript.  Only users with js
turned on get it, but it is kind of a frill.  Non-js users see just the old
behavior.

Revision 2268 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 02:13:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added timeout alarm (currently set to 5 munites). Fixes bug #511.

Revision 2267 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 01:34:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added jsMath support to these files.

Basically, HTML_jsMath should do whatever HTML_dpng mode does.  I simply included
it HTML_jsMath every time HTML_dpng appeared.

Revision 2266 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 01:31:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added more LaTeX commands to jsMath.

In particular:
   \begin{array}...\end{array}
   \begin{cases}...\end{cases}
   \sqrt[n]{...}
   \mathbb{...}

and a few other ones to avoid error messages.

Revision 2265 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 7 00:23:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed erronious == to eq. fixes bug #546.

Revision 2264 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 21:03:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed Current Set to Target Set (hopefully more intuitive), and changed Top
to My Problems, also hopefully more intuitive for non-unix users.

Revision 2263 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 03:04:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed question mark image.
It's smaller now.

Revision 2262 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 02:50:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Default for help symbol when there is no helpfile present.

Revision 2261 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 02:49:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Tweaked the position of the help question mark.  Better default
addresses for link.

Revision 2260 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 02:48:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More tweaking for the position of the help question mark.

This is much better.  It now has default names equal to the
title page name, lower case, spaces replaced by under bars.

Revision 2259 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 00:22:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Image for help link.

Revision 2258 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 00:21:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Add minimal support for a help symbol to appear on each page.

Revision 2257 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 00:21:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added minimal version of a help symbol that will appear on each page.

The CSS at the top of the page needs work, so that not so much space is used.

Revision 2256 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jun 6 00:20:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added comments -- should we enter the contact person as a student in the admin class
so that we can use the email facility to contact people hosted on this server?

Revision 2255 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 5 19:20:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
If there is an error, other than "course exists" then the directory tree
is cleared.  This corrects a behavior in which the creation of the new
course would fail half way through, but the directory tree would remain
-- this made it appear as if the course existed.

-- This fix is still somewhat fragile.

Revision 2254 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 5 19:18:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the layout of the form so that optional items are listed last.

Revision 2253 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 5 16:13:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow on-the-fly graphics in jsmath and asciimath modes.

Revision 2252 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 4 23:21:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow students to check answers between the due date and the answer date.  This doesn't let them see the correct answers, but it does let them enter values to see if those are right without recording them.

Revision 2251 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 4 21:40:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug 545.  Make Problem.pm preserve its state of problem seed when that value was being overridden.

Revision 2250 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 4 19:10:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed the following bug: if you change a student's status on a problem to 1 and give them a correct attempt, but then go to the stats page or student progress page, you won't see the change.  The reason is that those pages check "attempted" which cannot be changed through this page directly.  Now this page updates attemted fields based on if (correct+incorrect attempts) > 0.

Revision 2249 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 3 21:20:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
minor changes to UI

Revision 2248 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 3 19:58:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
rewrote much of the HTML code
changed table layout

Revision 2247 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 3 19:38:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed code order to avoid invalid call to published field
on a non-existant set
Fixes #543.

Revision 2246 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 3 18:54:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
complete rewrite based on UserList
next step is to abstract similarities

Revision 2245 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 2 23:32:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made the list of problems more readable by using center alignment in the columns.

Revision 2244 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 2 20:28:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed display of published/unpublished text

Revision 2243 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 2 20:18:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug which caused some debug output to always appear.

Revision 2242 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 2 18:21:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed formatting of the "Add course" sub page.

When a new course is created the course name, id, institution and so forth
are logged in hosted_courses.log in admin/logs

This logging facility must be defined in the admin/course.conf file.

--Mike

Revision 2241 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 2 14:54:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Rearranged stats table.  "good" results are now always to the right
(high scores, low number of attempts).

Use dashes when numbers are repeated in order to prevent confusion.

Revision 2240 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 1 15:06:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This is currently a version of ShowAnswers.pm  the plan is to evolve this
so that one can view the Past answers log from a variety of views.

--Mike

Revision 2239 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 1 14:50:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
I don't think that anything has changed with this submission.  I'm overriding
a binary temp file.

--Mike

Revision 2238 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 1 14:44:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added hooks for Preflight

-- Mike

Revision 2237 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 1 14:42:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Command line script to set a password, analogous to the WW 1 script.  The name is slightly different in case you need both available.

Revision 2236 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 16:59:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When viewing a users problem, the rendered versions have the right seed, etc.

Revision 2235 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 16:49:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow optional argument of the set (which better be real).

Revision 2234 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 16:35:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added support for initial problem number to renderProblems, and better support for controlling the problem seed.

Revision 2233 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 16:02:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Just realigned some code and took out a couple commented lines.

Revision 2232 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 15:44:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Re-use on-the-fly graphs, unless problem seed has change, source file has changed, or the problem is being rendered without being part of a real set.

Revision 2231 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 04:17:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When viewing a problem which isn't really part of a set (e.g., out of SetMaker), make the display mode option buttons work.

Revision 2230 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 02:20:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed "Act on" button to say "Update" in bold.  Also, added mark all button.  Also, added clear all marks button.  Also, "Add me" checkboxes are now sticky, unless you update and they are added.  Then you get an additional message by the add box.  Mayble we should flip the css class of the "Add me" line too to signal who was added.  Hidme boxes aren't sticky since their problems usually get hidden anyway.

Revision 2229 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 31 02:06:57 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Javascript close buttons for these files; hidden if the user has js turned off.

Revision 2228 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 30 02:35:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Make the message blank when the user doesn't want problems rendered.  Different modules may want different messages anyway.

Revision 2227 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 30 02:33:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Give the user a choice of which mode to use in displaying problems.  Defaults to none.

Revision 2226 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 23:16:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed calls to renderProblems to match the new interface.

Revision 2225 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 23:15:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added two more controls next to View Problems: choice of display mode, which includes none for those who don't like to see their problems displayed, and one to choose how many problems you get at once.  Also, problems who's rendering cause an error get their message displayed with ResultsWithError.

Revision 2224 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 23:13:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed interface to renderProblems to be key=>value pairs to make it easier to extend options.  New option is displayMode, which is allowed to be 'None' if you don't really want the problems rendered.

Revision 2223 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 15:54:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made StudentProgress follow the implicit convention set by things like Set Assigner and Set Maker; to use spaces between words.

Revision 2222 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 15:32:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Try to work around IE bug: on left panel lines wrapped at every space.  Those spaces are converted to non-breaking spaces.  Ugly, but IE on windows is one of the most common browsers.

Revision 2221 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 28 14:55:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Only provide radio buttons for different modes if the site is configured to
use more than one mode.

Revision 2220 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 27 22:28:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Filename extension of .pg should only be forced for problem files.

Revision 2219 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 27 17:04:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
If the user does a save as and forgets the .pg, we help them out and append it to the file name.

Revision 2218 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 27 03:48:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Get mode list from variable set in global.conf.

Revision 2217 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 27 01:34:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made a loop of loading special environment variables.  As a side effect, this makes the default size of on-the-fly graphics visible.

Revision 2216 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 21:28:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Add configuration variable for the default size of on-the-fly graphs.  Didn't really change hardcopySetHeader.

Revision 2215 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 21:24:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow default size of on the fly graphics to be set in global.conf, and make pop-ups of those graphs have windows closer to the size of the graph.  Also, pop-ups always make a new window - important for problems which make you compare two or more popped up graphs.

Revision 2214 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 20:43:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Allready done so this should fail

Arnie

Revision 2213 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 20:41:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
change message to visable to students, etc

Arnie

Revision 2212 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 20:36:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Change message to visable to students, etc.

Arnie

Revision 2211 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 20:19:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
displayMode is not preserved in the sibling links

Revision 2210 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 19:39:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added buttons for "Publish Selected" and "Unpublished Selected"

Revision 2209 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 18:25:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed vestigal libraryRoot line

Revision 2208 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 18:16:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
PLEASE UPDATE wwapachectl FROM wwapachectl.dist!
added warnings if config files are older than distribution versions.

Revision 2207 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 18:05:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Edited Labels to make clear that "All students" meant all students in the course,
not all students shown after filtering.  This should eventually be fixed so that
"All students" only refers to those who pass the filtering.

Revision 2206 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 17:51:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made on the fly graph names use problem seed rather than psvn.  It is a better identifier for pages like SetMaker.  Also made image names workable for set names containing periods (for the day when set names are free to contain periods).

Revision 2205 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 16:05:10 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
the published field is always defined but is empty if not yet set to 1 or 0
now if the published field is empty it is set to 1
this change can be undone once all sets have a published field set to 1 or 0

Revision 2204 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 15:35:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Updated to autofilter using CE viewable_sections and viewable_recitations
Defaults to show all users if values are not defined

Revision 2203 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 15:32:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Updated to allow record filtering when selecting students

Revision 2202 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 15:30:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Cleaned up some UI issues.  Added message for recitation/section <none>

Revision 2201 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 02:32:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
update to asciimath for MSIE.

Revision 2200 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 02:01:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
More files for asciimath rendering.

Revision 2199 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:59:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Support for asciimath.

Added preliminary support for asciimath rendering.  You must use a
MathML-enabled browser.

Revision 2198 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:51:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Tweak to make filters fail gracefully

Revision 2197 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:49:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Allow sorting on allrelevany columns (added recitation and user_id).

Arnie

Revision 2196 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:43:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Updated to work with filters in scrolling lists

Revision 2195 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:34:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Additionaly tweaks to fail gracefully

Revision 2194 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:27:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Edited so that filters fail gracefully

Revision 2193 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:05:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
failover data now passed in via %envir.

Revision 2192 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 01:03:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
display mode handling improved.
allowed display modes can now be specified via global.conf.
failover data used by the PG system now comes from PG.pm.

Revision 2191 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 00:39:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Corrected typo in pre-screening for filter

Revision 2190 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 24 00:22:52 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
jsMath update for MSIE.

Attempted to make jsMathe work better with MSIE on the PC.  There was a
problem with finding the fonts that this should fix.  Still doesn't work
with Opera, however, so more to come.

Revision 2189 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:59:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
delete course improvements. can now have blank sql password and leave
database name blank for default value.

Revision 2188 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:40:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
copy symlinks in templates directory

Revision 2187 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:37:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Updated for filtering of scrolling lists

Revision 2186 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:35:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
Updated to allow simple filtering of scrolling lists

Revision 2185 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:27:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug in previous version

Arnie

Revision 2184 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:20:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by mschmitt
Original Path: trunk
File of Utilities to allow filtering of users in Instructor Tools

Revision 2183 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:18:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Doubled the length of the save as textfield box.

Arnie

Revision 2182 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 23:17:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added comments to setHeader.pg.  This is now the default set header
for both the screen and hardcopy output.

Revision 2181 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 19:54:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
IMPORTANT: changes to wwapachectl.dist -- update local copy!
added umask handling. if you're sharing courses with other users (as we
are on snoop and devel) uncomment the new "umask" line.

Revision 2180 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 19:41:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Improvement to jsMath in SetMaker.

I made the code a little more robust (I hope).  It doesn't work real
well with MSIE on the Mac, but jsMath never really did.

Revision 2179 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 19:17:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Fix for jsMath to work better with SetMaker.

Added code to prevent reloading jsMath for each problem, and for
making it process the SetMaker page asynchronously rather than
all of it before the page is displayed.  Still needs some work, but
is OK for now.

Revision 2178 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 18:51:47 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This fixes bug #510 in which sets which have no defined published state are now assumed to be published
when viewed from the problemSets page.

Revision 2177 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 18:28:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added comments re: valid %options

Revision 2176 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 18:27:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Sorry about that.  These files have been removed.

Revision 2175 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 18:15:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adding this stub (developed by Bill Ziemer) to keep compile time errors from
occuring.

Revision 2174 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:38:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added support for library.
Added support for jsMath

Revision 2173 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:33:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added helpLink for standard help pages in pg files.

Revision 2172 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:32:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Allow helpLink to work in pg files.

Revision 2171 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:17:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Allow jsMath to generate answer previews if that is the displayMode chosen.

Revision 2170 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:15:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
For helpLink in pg problems.

Revision 2169 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:09:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Cleaned up script

Arnie

Revision 2168 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 23 01:03:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added some help files to be called from pg problems.

Revision 2167 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 22:32:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Moved be_strict after package main;

Revision 2166 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 22:16:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Files needed for jsMath display mode.

Revision 2165 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 22:10:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by dpvc
Original Path: trunk
Added jsMath JavaScript files for HTML_jsMath display mode.

Revision 2164 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 22:10:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Moving ww_strict.pm forward to 5.8.3 compatible version
with require Carp; commented out

Revision 2163 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 21:34:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Moved ww_strict.pm back to be identical with strict.pm from perl 5.6

Revision 2162 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 21:25:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added paths to Student Progress

Revision 2161 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 21:24:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added Student Progress section

Revision 2160 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 21:23:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Updated to make set names into active links

Revision 2159 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 21:22:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
New File to split Statistics page in two.

Revision 2158 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 20:48:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
We are now using ww_strict.pm instead of strict.pm in be_strict;

Revision 2157 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 20:46:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
We are using our own version of strict.pm that has a require Carp;  commented out.
This is included in be_strict which is used to implement strict within PG macro files
which need to be evaluted inside the Safe compartment

Revision 2156 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 19:01:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jjholt
Original Path: trunk
Don't put answers in the answer log if the problem has not been assigned
to the user.

Revision 2155 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 18:04:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Moved nicestring to PGbasicmacros.

Revision 2154 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 16:46:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug which came up when adding problems located at the top of the
templates directory.

Revision 2153 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 15:53:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed warning messages.  The macroDirectory and courseScripts directory are now defined from the %envir
variable which is shared directly with the new Safe compartment rather than via calls to $main::macroDirectory
which seemed to be unstable in some instances.  I've left the FIXME sign in place just in case there
are still problems.

Revision 2152 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 01:50:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Put addbadmessage in Contentgenerator (to go with addgoodmessage),
and use it in SetMaker.

Revision 2151 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 01:23:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Roll back the previous changes.  They were added to HEAD instead of to the experimental branch.

Revision 2150 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 01:19:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Experimental refactorization of answer evaluators will take place on this branch.

Revision 2148 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 01:08:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added ability to import the contents of another course's templates
directory when creating a new course. this is supported in bin/addcourse
with the --templates-from=COURSEID switch and in the web interface with
an additional form field.

Revision 2147 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 00:38:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed typo: addgoodmsg -> addgoodmessage.

Revision 2146 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 22 00:10:46 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved %problemLibrary to its own section below database options.

Revision 2144 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:58:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Removed old commented out code dealing with PGsort.

Arnie

Revision 2143 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:56:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Use the new PGsort which uses a true/false compare (e.g. < or lt )
rather than a -1,0,1 compare (e.g. <=> or cmp ).

Arnie

Revision 2142 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:54:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Replaced PGsort with a version that uses quick sort.  This fixes the
problem the old PGsort had with Perl compiled with ithreads.

Arnie

Revision 2141 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:41:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Extricating the problem library from DB structure, part III.

Revision 2140 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:38:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Extricating Problem Library from DB structure, part II.

Revision 2139 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 23:37:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Extracting problem library from DB structure, part I.

Revision 2138 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 20:55:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added missing "use" line.
"use WeBWorK::CourseEnvironment".

Revision 2137 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 20:48:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Include cryptPassword in the functions exported from Utils.

Revision 2135 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 21 01:34:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Modified DVIPNG_ARGS to work with dvipng >= 1.0.

Revision 2134 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 20 21:47:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
can't save as with specifying a filename
changed some warns to addmessage()

Revision 2133 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 20 21:25:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
*** empty log message ***

Revision 2132 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 19 22:19:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
These files run Image_and_Cursor, a lite applet designed by Frank Wattenberg
It can be used in PG problems.

Revision 2131 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 19 22:18:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
These are applets that can be used in writing PG problems.  These two were written by David Eck

Revision 2130 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 19 18:24:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed bug in saving default set header, no more "Use System Default" files
closes #500
replace submission_error() with addmessage()

Revision 2129 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 18 18:51:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Hopefully moved published to the right place.

Revision 2128 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 18 18:39:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed incorrect handling of default set header

Revision 2127 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 18 18:22:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added "Use System Default" to dropdown list of set headers
Fixes bug #492.

Revision 2126 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 18 05:19:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
On refresh, make source file path relative to the templates directory.  This
is needed to match the behavior of alias on static gif files.

Revision 2125 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 17 18:57:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Set the published field when faking a problem set.

Revision 2124 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 17 16:41:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Improved psvn kludge by using the full mysql statement from mksqldb.  Fixes
the original version of bug 495.

Revision 2123 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 17 15:39:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
If there is an admin course, make it appear only once.

Revision 2122 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 17 05:06:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made regular expression for set names match that of in DB.pm (meant allowing
hyphens).

Revision 2120 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 16 23:36:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated for PR4

Revision 2119 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 16 23:33:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed default courseURLroot to /webwork2_course_files

Revision 2118 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 16 23:31:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unused code

Revision 2117 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 15 19:13:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed "success problems added" from resultwitherror to resultwithouterrer.

Revision 2116 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 15 19:10:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Lots of addmessage()s added, including success for adding problems.  This may
close bug 485.

Revision 2115 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 15 17:42:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Reorganized to use addmessage for messages.  Also minor cleanups of
variable names, and better handling when there are no pg files under
templates.

Revision 2114 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 22:03:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed error with problems that don't yet exist

Revision 2113 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 21:20:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug 485.  The problem occured because with a gdbm database, the global_user is used for both global information, and appears as a user.  We have to avoid modifying its information twice.  This seems to work, but the "right" fix is probably to work on the database code.  With a gdbm database, the global_user should be filtered out of calls dealing with users and only be used on calls about global information.  That would mimic the sql behavior better.  It would also supress the global_user from appearing in user lists (which I think would be better).

Revision 2112 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 20:49:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When a new set is created, it is automatically selected.  This partially
resolves bug 485.

Revision 2111 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 18:31:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added siteDefaults hash to store other site specific information
includes a hash for several possible values of a users status field

Revision 2110 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 18:29:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added div classes for Published, Unpublished, Audit, Drop, Enrolled

Revision 2109 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 18:26:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added text classes for students with status Audit, Drop, Enrolled

Revision 2108 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 14 18:23:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed assignSetToAllUsers to ignore users with dropped status

Revision 2107 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 21:35:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added classlist file containing a single "admin" user

Revision 2106 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 21:14:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed sql exec warnings

Revision 2105 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 21:14:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
comments

Revision 2104 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 20:49:18 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
several changes towards closing bug #481. (1) removed database "multiple
source" warnings. (2) if sql database name is blank, "webwork_$courseID"
is used. (3) removed sql execution warnings. (4) allowed blank sql admin
password.

Revision 2103 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 20:42:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added pop up list of set header files
fixed false successful save message

Revision 2102 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 20:39:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
create "psvn" field as "INT AUTO_INCREMENT"

Revision 2101 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 20:12:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
add global user record to new courses

Revision 2100 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 19:58:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
separate link for course management

Revision 2099 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 18:38:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added "This problem does not count towards your grade." messages if
the weight of a problem has been set to 0.  Fixes #464.

Revision 2098 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 18:28:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Defined $WeBWorK:;timer again for use in debugging code
$timerON =0   by default in WeBWorK.pm
and
 the timing log $TIMING_LOG  is initially set to the empty string which
implies STDERR

Revision 2097 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 16:02:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added functionality for published/unpublished

Revision 2096 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 13 13:44:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This checks for modules known to be needed by WeBWorK.
The list of modules is supplied in the DATA section of
the script.

Revision 2095 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 12 14:36:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
addmessage() used for success messages

Revision 2094 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 12 14:29:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
now passes success/failure messages to Problem.pm

Revision 2093 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 12 14:28:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added processing of sucess/failure messages from PGProblemEditor.pm

Revision 2092 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 21:38:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed submitError to addmessage()

Revision 2091 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 21:31:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed submitError to addmessage()

Revision 2090 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 21:05:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed submitError to addmessaage()

Revision 2089 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 21:03:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed all submitError to addmessage()

Revision 2088 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 20:51:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
uses addmessage() instead of submitError

Revision 2087 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 20:47:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed all submitError to use addmessage() instead

Revision 2086 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 20:19:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed addmessage() to replace submitError

Revision 2085 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 20:13:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
changed submitError to addmessage()

Revision 2084 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 19:56:27 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
dded use of addmessage() instead of warn and submitError

Revision 2083 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 19:18:02 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
set lockdir

Revision 2082 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 19:07:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added surePathToFile utility  called as
surePathToFile  start_directory   path

(the path can be the full path including the start_directory segment)
If the start_directory is the tmp directory then one has the effect of
surePathToTmpFile  defined in IO.pl

Revision 2081 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 19:06:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a surePathToFile call when saving a .pg problem.  Now they can be saved in
a new directory.  This is a partial solution to having a read only library.
More to come.

Revision 2080 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 16:27:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
replaced error processing with call to addmessage()

Revision 2079 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 11 16:11:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
replace submitError with addmessage() call

Revision 2078 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:55:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
done with this

Revision 2077 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:52:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
test of activitymail diff functionality

Revision 2076 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:52:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added diffs to cvs mails.

Revision 2075 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:51:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
another annoying text of the new cvs mail logging script. cool, the first
sentence of the log message becomes the subject of the email!

Revision 2074 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:50:11 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added -p switch. ("add the name of the CVS module to the message subject")

Revision 2073 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:46:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed some text

Revision 2072 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:46:42 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
quoting...

Revision 2071 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:45:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
quoting issues

Revision 2070 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:44:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
more text

Revision 2069 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:44:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added quoting

Revision 2068 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:40:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added text

Revision 2067 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:40:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed path to activitymail

Revision 2066 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:40:31 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed test-file

Revision 2065 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:39:55 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added test_file.

Revision 2064 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 04:39:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
installed activitymail cvs logging

Revision 2063 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 10 03:22:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added sibling links for the Statistics page.

Revision 2062 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 9 17:47:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Formatted the "PREVIEW ONLY" and "Not Recorded" messages as
'ResultsWithError' to insure that students don't accidently think
they have submitted their answers.

Revision 2061 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 9 17:45:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modifications to PGbasicmacros and PGanswermacros which check whether a function answer
is the same as the function answer submitted previously.  Gives warning message
if the same incorrect answers is submitted twice in a row.  The functions must
both compile in order to recognize that they are the same answer.  Two syntactically
incorrect entries will not be recognized as equivalent, even if they are in some sense.

Revision 2060 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 9 17:43:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic fixes to code layout.

Revision 2059 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 9 14:52:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fix bug: use of an undefined value.

Revision 2058 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 9 01:10:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added average number incorrect answers.  This closes bug number 264

Tweaked a few more user interface parameters.

Revision 2057 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 22:53:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Preliminary changes that may eventually allow us to solve the be_strict problem for 5.8.0

Revision 2056 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 22:51:38 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updating answer evaluators in PGanswermacros.pl

Beginning to include code that will allow us to
check whether the current answer is the same
as the one submitted previously.

Revision 2055 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 20:31:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cleared commented out code in Stats.pm

Fixed error arising when no scoring files were checked.
Nows gives a more useful message.
This fixes #379

Revision 2054 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 19:35:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Doing 'Save as' on a problem pops up a new PGProblemEditor window.  Now
the new window contains the newly saved file.  Also modified the name of
the target window since targets aren't supposed to start with _ (except
for the special reserved ones), and so that editting in the new window
and clicking on a button like Refresh will open yet another window.

Revision 2053 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 19:27:32 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added safety switch for unassigning sets.  This closes bug number #403

Added some messages reporting action taken.

Revision 2052 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 18:02:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a message field at the bottom of the page.

This will catch result messages issued in the body of the page

It's not as quite as eye catching to have the message at the bottom, but it's better than nothing.

Errors issued during the initialization stage appear at both the top and the bottom of the screen.

--Mike

Revision 2051 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 17:59:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More user interface work on SendMai.pm

Resolved bug #390  Now we simply report the number of students
to which we have attempted to send email, rather than list the email addresses.

Revision 2050 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 17:19:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified user interface for choosing message to preview.

Unresolved is the issue of bringing the preview up in a new window.

Revision 2049 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 16:48:43 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modifications to remove extraneous error messages.

This resolves bug 410

Revision 2048 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 15:49:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Sort sets by alphabetical order for the SetsAssignedToUser page.
Corrected typo on Stats.pm

Revision 2047 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 02:20:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed minor bug which occured when no student had yet tried the problem.

Revision 2046 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 02:03:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
References to problems in the statistics are linked so that you
can view the problems if you wish. Use right click to see them in a new window.

Revision 2045 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat May 8 02:01:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Sort the courseIDs in the scrolling lists.

Revision 2044 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 23:14:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed it to sort by due date as well as showing due date

Revision 2043 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 23:13:44 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
ripped out the rest of the skeleton

Revision 2042 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 22:26:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo where a hash was initialized using an anonymous hash reference.

Revision 2041 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 21:49:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed bug #472

Revision 2040 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 21:04:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug in logic of when to show Edit it link.

Revision 2039 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 20:59:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Changed urlpath->new to urlpath->newFromModule.  Also added check for when
using the problem library, that the Library directory exists, and if not,
try to fix it ourselves.

Revision 2038 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 20:09:01 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
If the instructor sets the set header file to a file which doesn't
exist, then we copy the default to that file.  Having no set header
is an error, and it is easier to edit something than it is to start
from scratch.  Also, balanced the size of the two buttons on the page.

Revision 2037 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 20:01:04 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
(1) listTables() reports names of supported tables. (2) dbExport() warns
when given invalid table names.

Revision 2036 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 19:05:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
usage message prints supported tables

Revision 2035 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:49:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
failure messages now given with addmessage() -- fixes bug #447 (sort of)

Revision 2034 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:47:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed name of self-field used to hold the text for the message()
escape to "status_message" to avoid collisions with existing use of
"message" in CGs.

We should consider forming some kind of policy for this stuff. Maybe all
the fields that WeBWorK::ContentGenerator uses should be prefixed with
"CG_" or something. Thoughts?

Perl 6 would make this much nicer.

Revision 2033 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:45:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed some small formatting thingies

Revision 2032 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:27:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Make editing a file which doesn't exist stop being an error.   This gives
a way to create course info files and new set headers.

Revision 2031 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:21:34 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use reply_with_file() instead of $self->{sendFile}

Revision 2030 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:21:19 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
(1) removed "sendFile" mechanism -- use reply_with_file() instead
(2) moved addmessage, reply_with_{file,redirect} to a separate section
in the file, for data modifiers.

Revision 2029 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 18:18:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Nicer titles, especially for set header and course info editting.

Revision 2028 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 14:13:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added message escape.

Revision 2027 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 14:13:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added support for "create_and_delete_courses" privileges.  currently set to professor.

Revision 2026 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 14:12:20 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Only someone with professor privileges can use CourseAdministration.pm

Revision 2025 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 13:47:59 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
sort the courses before you print them.

Revision 2024 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 06:07:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug #477 and similar problems when there are no local sets; fixed bug
where top level local files were not detected, made "Edit it" link come back
if you are not looking at a library file, and floated "Try it" and "Edit it"
to the right.

Revision 2023 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 04:28:54 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
If there is more than one mysql source (which there is now thanks to
ProblemLibrary), then we look for the most commonly used source.  Fixed
a bug in this counting part.

Revision 2022 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri May 7 00:55:08 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed debugging code

Revision 2021 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 23:20:49 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Removed edit it links.

Revision 2020 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 22:46:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added support for instructors to view/test problems which are not part
of any set.

Revision 2019 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 22:44:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
assign new users their student id as a password

Revision 2018 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 22:19:53 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed look of Instructor page

Revision 2017 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 22:17:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed user interface on the instructors page.

Buttons are now shorter.

--Mike

Revision 2016 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 21:53:41 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added support for editting problems which are not presented as being
part of a real set.

Revision 2015 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 21:38:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Commented out features which are not used yet in the problem library.
Uncommented Try it and Edit it links.

Revision 2014 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 20:31:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed bad links for invalid sets and problems

Revision 2013 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 20:21:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added message() as a more general message handler than submiterror()
addmessage() helper method for concatenating messages

Revision 2012 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 20:20:00 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added error checking for invalid set numbers

Revision 2011 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 20:19:39 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added error checking for invalid set and problem numbers

Revision 2010 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 18:41:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added height constraint to top panel so that it wouldn't extend down

Revision 2009 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 13:17:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed call for adding users which was issuing an incorrect url.
This squashes bug #473

Revision 2008 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu May 6 03:01:22 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Initial import.

Revision 2007 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 22:38:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
course deletion script

Revision 2006 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 22:02:50 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now uses CoureManagement backend

Revision 2005 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 22:02:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
documentation fix

Revision 2004 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 22:02:12 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
globalUserID is actually used in addCourse

Revision 2003 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 22:01:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
runtime_use now gives an error message if it is passed an empty string
or an undefined value

Revision 2002 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 16:04:48 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Removed hard-wired path.

Revision 2001 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 01:53:51 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
re-fixed getRecord subroutine to properly handle blank fields at the end
of lines. (Adding a delimiter is not enough, perl deletes all terminal
blank elements at the end of a list -- as far as I can determine.) One
needs to add "$delimeter___" so that the last field is non-blank.

This appears to fix bug #471

Revision 2000 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed May 5 00:53:13 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added support for upload/download/delete of scoring files

Revision 1999 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 20:19:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
When listing problems, show a rendered version.  Also, when dealing with the global data, reorganize where the data is shown.

Revision 1998 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 16:03:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Add link to set maker in the instructor tools part of left panel.  Also
added hr above Instructor Tools.

Revision 1997 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 15:16:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
In user-specific override mode, dates are not directly editable
Fixes Bug #456.

Revision 1996 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue May 4 14:44:58 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
cosmetic change to title to include user name

Revision 1995 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 3 20:56:06 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added entries for SetMaker.

Revision 1994 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 3 20:47:23 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Initial import.

Revision 1993 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 3 20:44:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Initial import.  This may not be the right destination, especially as its
database methods become more integrated with the ones already in WeBWorK.

Revision 1992 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 3 20:39:16 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added entries related to the problem library.

Revision 1990 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon May 3 18:01:35 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Provide a place to set the location of the top of the problem library.

Revision 1989 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 2 19:55:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added new class for problems rendered out of context (i.e., away from Problem.pm).

Revision 1988 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun May 2 19:50:37 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Initial import.  Lets you render a problem which is not part of anything.

Revision 1987 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 29 23:33:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed debugging output

Revision 1986 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 29 23:33:26 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleaned up, added documentation, added "replace" functionality

Revision 1985 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 29 22:22:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
implemented import and export, fixed some bugs

Revision 1984 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 29 22:20:36 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
reply_with_file(): fixed bugs, added "delete_after" option

Revision 1983 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 29 16:29:30 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added some code so that you don't get a warning message if the scoring
file doesn't exist.

Revision 1982 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 28 16:03:21 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed warning messages.

Revision 1981 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 28 15:52:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
fixed error in ur.template (the submit error hook)

Revision 1980 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 28 15:51:25 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added code to give message when an edited problem file cannot be saved.

Some of the problems reported in bug #152 are addressed.

Instituting a submit result field was not done.

Revision 1979 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 23:30:03 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made field for name of exported problem set wider, to be the same width as for the
header file.

Revision 1978 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 14:23:45 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Removed implicit assumption that when exporting a set, a set definition file
for it already existed.

Revision 1977 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 03:38:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
database import and export support

Revision 1976 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 03:37:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
return auto-created permission level records

Revision 1975 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 03:37:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
import support, error reporting

Revision 1974 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 02:45:14 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
nbsp doesn't barf on undefined values anymore

Revision 1973 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 02:10:56 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
allowed for undefined values in section and recitation

Revision 1972 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 27 02:10:33 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added idsToString to ouput a concise string identifier for a record

Revision 1971 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 25 16:27:15 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
wwdb is now for database import and export

Revision 1970 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 25 01:20:40 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected a calculation that allowed for division by zero if no student had tried a problem.

This squashes bug 460

Revision 1969 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 22:17:17 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Making this header file more compatible as well.

Revision 1968 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 22:15:09 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Further modifications for the header file.

Revision 1967 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 21:02:07 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Limited size of info panel to 30% so that sets with long names
display better.

Revision 1966 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 20:47:24 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
I made modifications to these files so that they will work with both
hardcopy and on the screen.  (The two files are currently identical.)

I think they provide a better model than the previous versions.

Revision 1965 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 17:37:05 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added defaultDisplayMatrixStyle from webwork 1, which lets people control
if they have parens or square brackets on the outsides of their matricies.
It is not really an answer evaluator variable, but it is put there since
that works and putting it with options doesn't.

Revision 1964 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Apr 22 14:39:28 2004 UTC (9 years, 11 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added convention to beginproblem that point value of "" means that we don't
print the point value at all.  It will also supress printing of the filename
if someone is supposed to have filenames printed, which is appropriate for
the one known time this convention is used.

Revision 1963 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 20 20:17:46 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made a small change to the subroutine problemListRow which now handles
the case where the problem status has not been defined as a number.

Revision 1962 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 13 14:36:40 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
quoted hash keys with colons in them.

Revision 1961 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 10 17:22:01 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed ServerName to devel.webwork...

Revision 1960 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 9 20:19:25 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed interface to not be so sucky, added delete function.

Revision 1959 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 9 20:18:51 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
finished, deleteCourse, added listCourses.

Revision 1958 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 9 20:18:29 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now uses listCourses

Revision 1957 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Apr 9 20:18:01 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added pg root directory variable.

Revision 1956 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 7 22:18:46 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected typo in defining
class.

Revision 1955 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 7 22:13:01 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added colors to the "answers correct" and "answers incorrect" statements.

They are assigned to the class div.ResultsWithError and div.ResultsWithoutError

Revision 1954 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 7 02:17:34 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed url so that it points to the time and date page for editing the
 set data for the student

Revision 1953 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 7 01:17:58 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed problem where a success message was issued even when
a mail merge file was not correctly saved.

Also made cosmetic modifications to the error message format
so that it doesn't look as frightening and the important
error message is highlited more than the boiler plate message

Revision 1952 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Apr 7 00:13:37 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes in wording about open date.  This foxes bug 429
(assuming that it really needed to be fixed).

Revision 1951 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Apr 6 01:58:25 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed link for edit button on ProblemSetList page.
This squashes bug #446

Revision 1950 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 20:52:54 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a line return that was causing troubles one webwork, but not on
webwork3.  "<br>\n" produced two line breaks within <pre> on webwork,
but only one on webwork3,  "\n" produced no line breaks on webwork3
and one on webwork.

It seems safest to go with "<br>" which seems to produce a single line
break on each machine.

Revision 1949 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 20:21:48 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Siblings were mislabeled as "Problem Sets", when they are a list of
individual problems.

Revision 1948 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 20:16:41 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed spacing in preview of merge file data

Revision 1947 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 19:33:03 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed errors in creating urls. (It is important to set authen=>0
when creating links for forms -- they already contain hidden
authentication variables.

Revision 1946 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 18:01:09 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added item for printing timestamp at the bottom of the page.

Revision 1945 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 03:58:30 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
preliminary web-based course creation support

try it -- create a course called "admin" the usual way and then visit it
in your browser.

Revision 1944 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Apr 5 03:56:16 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
css fix

Revision 1943 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 20:05:34 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Synched with ASU version.  Defunct functions deleted, new functions added,
and documentation added.

Revision 1942 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 17:08:45 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added timestamp to contentgenerator.  The format string can be passed to
it by the style parameter.

Revision 1941 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 15:56:59 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
WW 2 didn't like the top line.  Inserting a comment seems to fix it.  Also
corrected a typo.

Revision 1940 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 15:19:57 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Improved display of multiple checkbox answers when displayed on the web
page (replacing null characters with commas).

Revision 1939 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 15:18:25 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
On a multiple checkbox question, the different checked boxes are separated
by ^@ in the log file.  They don't look nice on a web page, show they are
now switched to commas in showHTML.

Revision 1938 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 04:00:10 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More changes in construction of urls.

Changed parameter acquistion in ShowAnswers

Revision 1937 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 03:59:33 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More changes in construction of urls.

Changed the form calling ShowAnswers

Revision 1935 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Apr 4 03:58:47 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made more changes allowing the conversion of urls

Revision 1934 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 3 16:24:42 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updated these files to generate urls from urlpath.

Revision 1933 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 3 16:24:18 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updating cgs to use urlpath

Revision 1932 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Apr 3 15:44:55 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added support for useBaseTenLog for ww2.

Revision 1931 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 28 04:46:30 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Converting to using URLPath

Revision 1930 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 28 04:46:13 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Converting to using URLPath.pm
Some difficulties with constructing path to
SetsAssignedToUsers.pm in ProblemSetEditor.pm

Revision 1929 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 28 03:26:55 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
most files are now updated -- remains to use URLpath to construct paths in
the instructor files.

Revision 1928 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 28 03:25:47 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cleanup -- moving toward using the Apache:Request object and URLpath.

It remains to use URLpath to construct new paths in these files.

Revision 1927 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 25 00:28:04 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added a new numeric "published" field to Set and UserSet record classes,
WW1Hash (with field name "publ"), and mksqldb.

Modified WW1Hash to promote fields that did not exist in the database to
the empty string, to deal with sets that do not have a "published"
field.

Revision 1926 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 25 00:27:56 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added a new numeric "published" field to Set and UserSet record classes,
WW1Hash (with field name "publ"), and mksqldb.

Revision 1925 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 24 15:59:02 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added this

Revision 1924 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 22:59:53 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
urlpath/systemlink upgrades
LOTS of cleanup (but it still needs more)

Revision 1923 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 22:59:21 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support for previewing temp files

Revision 1922 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 22:58:10 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
title improvements

Revision 1921 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 04:20:56 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added programmatic format support

Revision 1920 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:55:14 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
rewritten:

* no duplicated code (no copy-n-paste)
* error messages if the wrong objects are selected
* uses $self->reply_with_redirect()
* uses ScrollingRecordList
* more descriptive button names, values

Revision 1919 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:48:27 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed test

Revision 1918 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:48:07 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "Add Users" and "Set Assigner" links

Revision 1917 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:15:58 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
urlpath/request/systemlink updates

Revision 1916 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:11:59 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed appendixes, deny access if not has permission

Revision 1915 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:11:18 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now using new urlpath stuff, etc.

Revision 1914 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:10:51 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
new interface to systemLink

Revision 1913 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:10:14 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed appendix

Revision 1912 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:09:26 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed hierarchy problems with statistics and user detail.

Revision 1911 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:08:41 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
* systemLink changes: params can either specify param names in a list
(in which case all param values will be taken from the request) or
specify param names and values in a hash (in which case only undefined
values will be taken from the request). multiple values can be specified
for the same param by using an arrayref.

* added $self->reply_with_file() and $self->reply_with_redirect: these
can be called from pre_header_initialize to direct the CG to either send
a file or a location header. $self->{sendFile} and $self->{noContent},
as well as sending your own redirect headers, are now deprecated!

Revision 1910 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:04:02 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
handle undef CG result

Revision 1909 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 23 01:03:40 2004 UTC (10 years ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added ButtonRow class, child of FormLayout -- appropriate for your
centered submit button!

Revision 1908 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 19 21:56:35 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
URLpath compliance, some cleaning up of code. much more cleanup remains.

Revision 1907 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 19 21:56:10 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
the info box is no longer floating,

Revision 1906 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 19 21:54:45 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed stupid errors in generated course.conf file.

Revision 1905 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 18 21:08:04 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
if $field is undefined in sortByname, the items are treated as strings
instead of objects.

Revision 1904 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:18:29 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed FormLayout style

Revision 1903 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:17:52 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
URLPath conversion, cosmetic changes, work on info box UI

Revision 1902 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:17:19 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
URLPath conversion

Revision 1901 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:16:35 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
URLPath conversion, cosmetic changes.

Revision 1900 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:16:13 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added dequote() function from cookbook

Revision 1899 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:15:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed a path

Revision 1898 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 08:15:31 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added note to remind me to change the way systemLink() works

Revision 1897 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 03:38:29 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
tentative solution to two of Frank Wolf's problems:

On Tue, 16 Mar 2004, Frank Wolfs, Physics and Astronomy, U of R wrote:

> This one works for a pdf file that is based on a set without graphics,
> but it does not solve the problem with viewing the graphics in problem
> sets or making a pdf for a set with graphics.  For example viewing a set
> with a gif file gives me the following error:
>
> [Tue Mar 16 22:11:59 2004] [error] [client 208.186.61.178] File does not
> exist:
> /home/apache/htdocs/home/webwork/courses/phy121s04/html/CAPA_Graphics/Gtype20$
>
> When I try to make a pdf file I get the following error for the same
> problem:
>
> ! Could not open file
> /home/webwork/courses/phy121s04/htmlCAPA_Graphics/Gtype20
> /prob01.eps, ignoring it.
>
> Note: for the fig, the path is correct after /home/apache/htdocs, while
> for the pes file, there is a / missing between html and CAPA_Graphics.

Revision 1896 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 17 00:45:28 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the naming of arrays from ArRaY[0,0,0] to ArRaY__0:0:0:__

This involved changes in PG.pl and PGmorematrixmacros (ans_array_filter)

Made other cosmetic fixes to code.  Added names to many filters to help with
debugging.  It seems to work for now.

Revision 1895 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 16 20:00:23 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled param munging -- this will prevent destruction of params with
':' and ',' in their names. closes bug #431.

Revision 1894 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 23:04:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated for new request format and URLpath

Revision 1893 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 23:03:46 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fix in systemLink logic

Revision 1892 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 22:33:22 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
upgraded request usage.
i'm delaying changing how paths are generated until i do something about
what a mess this module is in other ways.

Revision 1891 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 22:29:54 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
comments

Revision 1890 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 22:24:02 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
made hardcopy_preselect_set a child of hardcopy (as it should be)

Revision 1889 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 21:35:12 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
conformance with unified request object, etc.
SMALL formatting cleanups.
this module needs some work, and there is stuff to factor out -- there
is a lot of copy-n-paste from other modules.

Revision 1888 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 21:13:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
nothing

Revision 1887 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 21:12:48 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Welcome to the ContentGenerator skeleton!

This module is designed to help you in creating subclasses of
WeBWorK::ContentGenerator. Follow the instructions marked "SKEL" below
to create your very own module.

When you've finished, I recommend you do some cleanup. These modules are
much easier to maintain if they doesn't contain "vestigal" garbage code.
Remove the "SKEL" comments and anything else that that you're not using
in your module.

Revision 1886 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 20:26:12 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unused WeBWorK::Constants

Revision 1885 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 20:17:35 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Authen and Authz are now passed only a WeBWorK::Request.

Revision 1884 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 20:17:14 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled debugging output

Revision 1883 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 04:10:36 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
urls are now generated with URLpath and systemLink

Revision 1882 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 04:09:56 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed interface for systemLink to be more regular. you can now specify
a list of parameters to attach to the URL and a list of alternate values
for any parameter.

cosmetic changes.

Revision 1881 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 03:50:05 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
I have made changes to the list of problems that uses the full path
instead of the relative call used previously.  Hope this will fix
the error described below.   I don't know whether this is the proper
fix or whether something fancier using urlPath is appropriate.


There is an error with the links for Set 7.
Clicking on problems in the
problem set will not link to the selected problem- it will link to the
problem set of the same number. (i.e. Selecting problem #2 will link
me to
Homework set #2 instead)


--Mike

Revision 1880 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 03:18:15 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
all template escapes now use CGI::Pretty for better readability. (feel
free to convert other content generators -- replace "use CGI" with "use
CGI::Pretty.

all template escapes now print output directly instead of returning
things. (good for pipelining!)

Revision 1879 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 15 02:25:11 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed old dispatch() function, renamed dispatch_new() -> dispatch(),
added upload handling code (from old dispatch function).

Revision 1878 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 13 05:09:20 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Temporary fix for problem with hardcopy.

	#my $singleSet = $r->urlpath->args("setID");
	my $singleSet;  #FIXME trace down how sets are being passed to hardcopy.


$singleSet was receiving  the notion 1/8
@sets was getting the correct value of the number of the set.
Looks like $singleSet is receivinv a hash??

The calling code needs to be checked over and reconciled with the responding code.

Revision 1877 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 11 03:27:11 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated to use the "unified request" object.
this file needs quite a bit of refactoring (along with Problem.pm).

Revision 1876 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 11 03:19:34 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated to use the "unified request" object.
removed unused variables and subroutines.
fixed some style problems.

Revision 1875 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 11 03:15:03 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated to use the "unified request" object.
removed unused variables and subroutines.

Revision 1874 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 11 03:10:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed incorrect code from Feedback.pm, as well as several unused
variables, closing Bug #427. updated to use the "unified request"
object.

Revision 1873 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 11 03:07:46 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
finished extensive documentation and reorganzied file. this should be
much more usable now. also, the templater is now called from the new
content() method (instead of having special logic in go()).

Revision 1872 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 10 16:00:16 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed outdated documentation about manually creating course.conf file.

Revision 1871 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 10 02:51:57 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
i hate it when i think i've tested something, and it turns out i didn't.

Revision 1870 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 10 02:31:05 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
templating code from ContentGenerator.pm is now here.

Revision 1869 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 10 02:30:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed templating code. (it's now in lib/WeBWorK/Template.pm.)
small fixes in links().
$ce/$db/$authz now taken from $r instead of from $self in many methods.
loginstatus() now uses urlpath.
CSS-ization.

Revision 1868 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 10 02:26:26 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
formatting improvements: template now uses tabs, just like everything
else. should be easier to edit in the future.

Revision 1867 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 9 15:50:03 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled path() and title() so implementations in superclass will be
used instead.

Revision 1866 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 9 15:49:28 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added systemLink() method to take a URLPath and tack on the location
prefix and the authen args (if desired). Allows one to override any of
the authen args with new values (i.e. for changing effectiveUser).

Reimplemented links() using URLPaths and calls to systemLink() as a
test. Also, the output is now styled as nested unordered lists in the
class LinkMenu (see stylesheet).

Revision 1865 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 9 15:42:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
put "grades" in alphabetical order. added newFromModule for creating a
URLPath to a particular module with particular args. reorganized the
code somewhat. constructors now throw an exception if they can't find an
appropriate path type.

Revision 1864 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Mar 9 15:40:18 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
more work on stylesheet

Revision 1863 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Mar 7 02:29:25 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a primitive file reading capability to Grader.pm.

Now you can attach the message from an email file
called   report_grades.msg   in the email directory which is  merged with the
file report_grades_data.csv  in the scoring directory.

there is a lot of code borrowed from SendMail and from Instructor which can be factored out.

It provides a primitive version of a feature that has been requested --
to report exam scores as well as webwork scores.

Revision 1862 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 21:49:48 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled path and title methods.

Revision 1861 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 21:49:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added documentation, added support for a new "textonly" argument to the
"path" macro.

Revision 1860 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 21:47:05 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
the document title is now calculated using the "path" macro

Revision 1859 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 21:41:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Use the student stat table in Grader to produce student detailed stats in Stats.pm.

Commented out, but did not yet remove Stats.pm code for this function.

Revision 1858 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 18:50:31 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added support for the new module Grades.pm which supports student grades

Also changed ProblemSets.pm so that it welcomes the effectiveUser rather than the user.

Revision 1857 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 18:50:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added support for the new module Grades.pm which supports student grades

Revision 1856 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:36:29 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
*** empty log message ***

Revision 1855 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:35:27 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Allow at most two digit
numbers

Revision 1854 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:32:36 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed unneeded
formatting code

Revision 1853 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:29:07 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
another typo

Revision 1852 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:25:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed threeSpaceFill
routine to work with
strings.

Revision 1851 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:21:22 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
typo

Revision 1850 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 17:16:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Make the percentages more accurate by dividing by the number of students who attempt the problem.

Revision 1849 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 16:04:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
need to calculate this
value as well.  oops.

Revision 1848 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 16:02:17 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added 0 bracket to
number of attempts.

Revision 1847 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 15:55:07 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added more statistics on how students are doing.

There is still a lot o code to be cleaned up.

Once the calculation and the display are better separated it will be easier to
create statistics that count studnets appropriately.  e.g. dropped stduents and professors aren't counted.

Revision 1846 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Mar 6 00:48:16 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes to the ways links are constructed on this, the front page,
of WeBWorK.  I believe this is where links missing webwork2 or missing
the course name started to appear.  In fact I'm surprised it worked at
all.

the current patches are hacks.  This page needs to be adapted to
URLpath.
It would be a good script to do next.

--Mike

Revision 1845 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 5 05:43:09 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added timing
y

Revision 1844 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 5 05:03:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Has only one subroutine at the moment
update_global_user   creates a global user if none existed before and assigns
all existing sets to the global user.

Revision 1843 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 5 05:01:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Some cosmetic changes in the table

Added a safety switch for deleting sets.

Added a call to Compatibility::update_global_user  to fill in
global_user records if no globa_user has yet been assigned.

Revision 1842 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Mar 5 04:16:19 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added URLPath and Request, for dispatch_new

Revision 1841 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:05:58 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed template escape handler functions to grab data from $r->urlpath
instead of @_ for compatability with dispatch_new.

Revision 1840 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:05:04 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed debugging warning, added class="ScrollingRecordList"

Revision 1839 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:04:02 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
assignment functions now return a list of errors that occured during
assignment. these are, for example, used in Assigner.pm to display
errors.

Revision 1838 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:03:04 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed constructor to work with dispatch_new

Revision 1837 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:02:27 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
calls dispatch_new instead of dispatch. removed entire "Call Stack" from
error output, since it doesn't work right.

Revision 1836 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:00:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added dispatch_new function. w00t!

Revision 1835 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 21:00:21 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed some indentation problems (oddly, this file is indented with
spaces, one space per indent level) and reformatted some of the shorter
CSS rules to fit on one line.

added styles for "new standard classes" FormLayout, ResultsWithError,
and ResultsWithoutError.

added styles for ScrollingListRecord widget.

Revision 1834 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 17:41:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added comments

Revision 1833 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 17:40:04 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Rolled back previous addition of the due date.

The due date can be specified in the setHeader message.  It does not
need to be hard coded into ProblemSet.pm

--Mike

Revision 1832 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 17:34:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Make sure that screenSetHeader.pg will work with both html and hardcopy
output.

This fixes bug #426

Revision 1831 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 13:06:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed documentation spacing

Revision 1830 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 04:43:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the text of this file so that it doesn't bomb when used with hard copy

Revision 1829 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Mar 4 04:36:08 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cleaning up commented out code.

Added a "due date is...." message to the top of the ProblemSet page.

Revision 1828 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Mar 3 20:16:35 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
UI cleanup

Revision 1827 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 06:35:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
WeBWorK::HTML::ScrollingRecordList - HTML widget for a scrolling list of
records. uses FormatRecords and SortRecords. see sample usage in
Assigner.pm.

Revision 1826 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 06:33:45 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
refinements

Revision 1825 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 06:33:34 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
implemented UI using ScrollingRecordList

Revision 1824 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 03:52:43 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added documentation

Revision 1823 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Mar 1 00:49:25 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added utility modules for sorting lists of records and formatting
records as strings (WeBWorK::Utils::SortRecords and ::FormatRecords,
respectively).

These modules are important because they not only know how to sort or
format records, they can also be queried for a list of sorts or formats
suitable for display, i.e. in popup menus near the list of records.

These modules are being used as the basis for a module which
encapsulates a "record list" widget.

Revision 1822 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 27 19:01:40 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed default courseURLRoot to /webwork2_courses/$courseName to
correspond to the latest ApacheSetup instructions.

Revision 1821 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 21 10:15:58 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Changed parameter calls to Error.pm, now sent using $r

Revision 1820 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 21 10:13:23 2004 UTC (10 years, 1 month ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Eliminated direct parameter calls, error message now passed through $r

Revision 1819 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 19 22:47:02 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Roll back previous changes.  The user_id is no longer listed in the
scoring files.   sorry about that.

--Mike

Revision 1818 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 19 22:21:30 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added user_id (the login id) to the list in scoring.

Revision 1817 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 18 18:25:25 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed local copy of ImageGenerator -- the system now uses the one from
PG.

Revision 1815 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 18 05:47:33 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added $Global::equationURL and $Global::equationCacheDirectory settings

Revision 1814 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 18 05:47:19 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use new $Global::equationURL and $Global::equationCacheDirectory
settings instead of hardcoding "equations/"

Revision 1813 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 18 05:35:46 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed code that monkeys with the pg directory. It is a SHARED resource
and should not be modified by the likes of WW1.

Revision 1812 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 20:34:01 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This is a new attempt to fix the problem that there was no
preview string if the units were incorrect.  The previous fix
caused difficulties if strings were entered for numerical answers.

The new code has been added to the subroutine fix_answers_for_display
which already performed answer cleanup of various kinds.

Revision 1811 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 03:37:02 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added nbsp method to
ContentGenerator.pm

Revision 1810 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 03:16:50 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added at table of
statistical results when
viewing the statistics
for a given set.
--Mike

Revision 1809 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 16 01:20:43 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed ordering problem with problems in a given set.  This squashes bug #405.
Also made a few clean up efforts on the code.

--Mike

Revision 1807 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 04:24:16 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
release notes updated

Revision 1806 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 04:07:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
a few more fixes

Revision 1805 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:56:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
addcourse improvements:

FIXED: we should create a stub course.conf with dbLayout set and "other things
FIXED: you might want to change" commented out. then we can kill the "don't
FIXED: forget to set dbLayout to "sql" in course.conf!" message.

FIXED: setting global user ID in new courses:

FIXED: add a --global-user switch to addcourse to override that value
FIXED: (and add the override to course.conf)
FIXED: warn if the file specified by --users doesn't contain a user with the global user ID

Revision 1804 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:55:17 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added slowness warning

Revision 1803 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:54:56 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "Home" content generator to give a list of courses

Revision 1802 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:54:13 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added global_user

Revision 1801 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:54:02 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
clarity changes, changed default oldProf URL, added $dbLayoutName
setting for addcourse, default dbLayout is gdbm

Revision 1800 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Feb 14 00:53:17 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
improved documentation on globalUserID, changed default to "global_user"

Revision 1799 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 21:38:24 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added nbsp() subroutine to clean up table appearance
this could still possibly be added to contentgenerator.pm

Revision 1798 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 20:55:10 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
added <pre> tags so the viewed message is the same as in the submitted email

Revision 1797 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 20:26:26 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Reordered pre-filters in NUM_CMP to allow for latex previews of answers with no units

Revision 1796 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 19:23:43 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed incorrect error message parsing by Instructor/Index.pm

Revision 1795 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 19:22:50 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
fixed incorrect error handling by Instructor/Index.pm

Revision 1794 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 14:36:56 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
replaced previous file which had a gremlin somewhere

Revision 1793 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 14:33:07 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed addresses to login_info.txt and course_info.txt

These files must be in the template directory.

Revision 1792 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 14:26:18 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Commented out extra brace which kept this from compiling. :-)
--Mike

Revision 1791 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 14:23:36 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added RECORD_FORM_DATA for making sticky form data which
is not specifically related to answers.

Revision 1790 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 04:26:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added timing code

Revision 1789 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 04:26:17 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed /test

Revision 1788 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 04:26:04 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
better placeholder page

Revision 1787 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 12 04:25:47 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
strings containing email addresses are now single-quoted
globalUserID is now "globaluser"

Revision 1786 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 9 18:59:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Removed changes made in last revision. (whoops)

Revision 1785 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 9 17:18:39 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modifications to checkbox_cmp to include preview_latex_string.

this completes the squashing of bug #400

Revision 1784 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 9 17:09:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes to the check box macros so that they will remain
sticky when more than one check box is checked.
Involves splitting a null separated string ( or perhaps converting
a reference to an array).  uses a new subroutine contained_in(elem,
array_or_arrray_ref_or_null_separated_string)

this resolves part of bug #400

--Mike

Revision 1783 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 18:01:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
shows user-specific due date if overridden. closes bug #394.

Revision 1782 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 17:37:11 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed the "delete visible users" option, changed "show users selected
below" to "show users checked below".

Revision 1781 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 17:27:07 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
dispatcher can now handle multiple slashes.

Revision 1780 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 02:55:55 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected format of one line.

--Mike

Revision 1779 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Feb 6 02:52:42 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Allow a 256 error from dvipng.  This seems to be necessary on webwork.math.rochester.edu, so I'm commiting
it to the CVS as well to keep the two systems in sync.

--Mike

Revision 1778 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 5 19:15:16 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added unrestricted_load() for IO.pl, bringing compatibility with the
PG system in CVS.

Revision 1777 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Feb 5 00:05:11 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Closes bugs #345 and #293. From bugzilla: "This should work now. The
docs for Apache::Cookie claim that the module will accept relative
expiration dates such as "+30D" and "+1H", but apparently, this causes
the expiration date to be set to "now", which Galeon apparently didn't
mind but caused Safari and MSIE to throw the cookie away."

Revision 1776 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 4 13:22:56 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed flaw in the previous correction meant to protect against
undefined student answers.

Revision 1775 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Feb 4 00:32:12 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes at line 552 which check that the original student answer has actually been
defined.  This should be guaranteed by the answer evaluators but ........

Revision 1774 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 3 01:22:00 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
A method for displaying equations using dvipng which
can be used by students to enter symbolic data in
answers.  This is very much experimental still.

--Mike

Revision 1773 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 3 00:53:31 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected sorting by user_id.  Code now works correctly.  Before the sorting for this case was occuring by accident
with the SQL database.

Made changes to the interface in SendMail.  The radio buttons are now horizontal to match the
radio buttons on the Instructor::Index page.  Changed Id to Login to make the sorting parameter clearer.

changed the format of the popmenu on the Instructor::Index page to match the format used on the SendMail page.

Revision 1772 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Feb 3 00:49:19 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
getAll works for problem as well as problem_user

Revision 1771 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 2 23:12:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Implemented the getAll method, to allow fast access to all problems in a
set. This speeds up Stats immensely.

Revision 1770 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Feb 2 23:11:13 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Changed the code that retrieves all problem records for a set. Now, the
only call made (per set) is getAllUserProblems(). The extraneous call to
listUserProblems() has been removed.

Revision 1769 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 14:47:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Replaced "getuserProblems by getAllUserProblems when printing statistics for a single user (many sets)
The time when from 178 to 35 using GDBM.  It went from 15sec to 16sec (on a different course)
when using sql.

--Mike

Revision 1768 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 14:46:18 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the size of the font for printing out the results of the scoring file.

This file needs to be reviewed carefully.  There is a lot of crufty code.
The use of s{tyle=>'.....'  should be replaced by items in the template in
this file and throughout the Instructor modules.

Revision 1767 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 04:28:48 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added tweak to handle
case where set is not
defined when acting as
student.

Revision 1766 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 31 04:08:57 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made major modifications to user interface on Instructor/Index page.

Added use of getAllUserProblems in main loop for Stats.pm problems when displaying
statistics for a given set.  This speeds GDBM from 8 sec to 2.  SQL stays at around 22-23 seconds.

Also addded code to sort_method which checks that the number of attempts has been defined.
If not it returns 0.

--Mike

Revision 1765 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 30 18:04:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fix bug from last fix, and a second bug caused by $Global::htmlModeDefault
being accidentally called $Global::htmldisplayModeDefault in this file.

Revision 1764 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 30 15:28:46 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Some sites use only one display mode.  In that case, the "choice of one"
display mode should not be displayed.

Revision 1763 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 28 21:56:26 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by toenail
Original Path: trunk
Content Generator to create an error message while still logging the user in.

Revision 1762 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 28 04:04:47 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected formatting showing the due date if it has been over-ridden.

Revision 1761 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 28 03:41:31 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added the due date when the problem has been assigned.

Revision 1760 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 28 03:31:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed "open date" to "due date"  when

Revision 1759 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 16:59:30 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Minor change to the definition of the timer

Revision 1758 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 26 16:36:29 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
If LaTeX formula ends in a backslash after removing training spaces,
then we removed too much space, so we add a space to the end of it so
it ends '\ \)'.

Revision 1757 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 20:04:20 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Checked to make sure parameter is
defined before using it.

Revision 1756 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 20:00:14 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed extraneous warning message

Revision 1755 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 19:56:09 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Check that arguments have been
defined at line 417

Revision 1754 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 19:46:54 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added ability to change the number of entry rows on the Addusers.pm page.
Minor modification to multiple=> to conform to bbedit's version of correct html

Revision 1753 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 19:46:11 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic modification changed "edit set" to "edit sets"

Revision 1752 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 18:46:56 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed parsehilight to put
colored box around error.

Revision 1751 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 18:46:29 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
course_info and login_info paths
are now defined relative to the
templates directory for safety.

Revision 1750 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 18:20:14 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added rudimentary "Save as" function.  This duplicates
WW1.9 save as , but does not provide any extra functionality.


The following problems remain:

The redirect does not yet work correctly.  I believe the desired behavior is to view the
new saved problem from the editor.  There is no easy way to view the new problem
or whatever until the problem has been assigned to globalUser in the set.

Revision 1749 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 18:17:31 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic change   changed "edit" to "edit sets" for clarity in link name.

Revision 1748 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 18:16:27 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic change textfield to text to correct an error in html output.

Revision 1747 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 25 15:53:23 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made modifications to PG problem editor to allow editing of course_info.

Future plans include allowing editing of login_info by the site manager (but not
by the course instructors).

All files to be edited must lie under the templates directory (for safety reasons.)

There are still issues with adequate warnings for saving files when permissions are not correctly set.

There is not yet a save as button.
--Mike

Revision 1746 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 23:01:49 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Only collect nonempty user IDs for assigning. Closes bug #373

Revision 1745 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 22:04:20 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed warning if a single tie fails.  If many ties fail
then the processes dies with a message of how many ties
were attempted.
--Mike

Revision 1744 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 21:46:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Make sure that if one message is reported for answers then all
messages are reported (even if some of the messages are blank).
This was clearly a typo in the original code where a decision was
made on $answerMessages instead of $showAnswers.

This fixes bug #370

Revision 1743 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 21:04:05 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added the option to assign sets to newly-created users.

Revision 1742 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 21:03:08 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed a bug in assignSetsToUsers

Revision 1741 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 21:02:22 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved logout button to be in loginstatus escape.

Revision 1740 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 20:23:37 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed orange hilighting to a yellow box by replacing
color : by background-color:

Revision 1739 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 16:49:09 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved Assigner to UsersAssignedToSet. created new Assigner module, and
wired it to /$courseID/instructor/assigner/. It doesn't do anything yet,
but it will allow the assignment of multiple sets to multiple users, all
in one shot.

Revision 1738 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 13:13:53 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Problem marked correct only if score is 1.  Previously any
score above 0 was marked correct.

Revision 1737 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 23 13:12:45 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added CSS class parsehighlite to mark the error
in a string.

Revision 1736 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 22 00:25:17 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made modifications to header that make it clearer how to edit all
sets for one user.

--Mike

Revision 1735 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 20:53:32 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added more timing messages.

Revision 1734 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 20:53:18 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Cleaned up, documented, and optimized assignment methods.
Added assignSetsToUsers() and unassignSetsFromUsers() methods.

Revision 1733 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 19:57:05 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added some timing code

Revision 1732 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 19:55:54 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed text of link to instructor tools. (it is considered bad style to
label links "Link to ...")

Revision 1731 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 19:47:38 2004 UTC (10 years, 2 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
improved the formatting of error messages slightly.

Revision 1730 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 01:16:15 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Mail merge does not report error when the merge file selected is "None".

--Mike

Revision 1729 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 00:31:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed warning message for unassign all on the Assigner page.
This closes bug number 352

--Mike

Revision 1728 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jan 21 00:17:23 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected link to file transfer page.  This squashes bug #346

Revision 1727 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 20 18:56:03 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Edited headers for the problem set list page.
--Mike

Revision 1726 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 19 04:26:45 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified the reading of set definition files
slightly to deal with the case where
some values haven't been defined.
--Mike

Revision 1725 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 19 04:23:42 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Put "guest user" button in a separate form.

Despite the fact that it was the second button
a return (in most browsers) would trigger
the practice login rather than the standard one,
much to the users surprise.
--Mike

Revision 1724 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 18 03:39:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some errors in my first fix for Authen.pm
The goal is to make sure that the existance of a users
record and of a users status is checked before it is used.

Authen.pm could use some cleaning up.  Probably best to do this
when thinking about how one would plug this into LDAP or to
moodle's authenticator.

Revision 1723 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 18 00:12:30 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Placed the link to subpages back on top of the quick link tools, at least for now.
The quick link tools need to be presented better.
-- Mike

Revision 1722 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 18 00:11:13 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
A link to the instructor tools is placed prominately at the top of the page.
It is identical to the link to instructor tools on the left.
This responds to bug #325, but may not close it completely.

Revision 1721 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 18 00:04:59 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
If the users status has not been defined it is set to 'C'.
I'm not sure why the status might be undefined, but this seems
to be the least damaging assumption.

A warning is issued.

Revision 1720 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 17 19:30:22 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Can now sort recipient list by section and rectation.  A few other user interface
cosmetics added.  This should close bug 309

Revision 1719 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 17 17:05:53 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Users who have been dropped from the course can not login with a password.

this addresses bug: 301

Revision 1718 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 17 16:38:40 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Colorized responses to changing passwords.  Red for things which don't work
and green for those that did.
--Mike

Revision 1717 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 17 16:29:52 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic modifications to the user interface.  Made "instructor tools" and
"problem sets" larger in the left margin.

This addressed bug 323 but may not solve it.

Revision 1716 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 16 04:15:46 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified layout of the Instructor/Index.pm module.

Revision 1715 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 16 01:14:49 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic tweak to title.  Added the course name.

Revision 1714 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 16 00:43:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a larger title to this page.

Revision 1713 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jan 16 00:42:38 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added some cosmetic tweaks to these pages.

Revision 1712 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 15 22:45:34 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added warnings to Assigner so that folks don't unassign students
by accident.

You can now select the number of users you would like to add.

You still cannot immediately assign sets to students, but there
is written warning about this.

Revision 1711 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jan 15 19:42:44 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Add users will now handle 5 users at once.

Add a device for allowing this number to change.

The userlist pop-down now defaults to add users with matching ids.

--Mike

Revision 1710 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jan 6 14:04:34 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
fixed bug in call to Romberg routine.  Romberg now requires parameters
of the form "level => 8".  This was fixed previously I thought. Not sure
how the fix was lost.

Arnie

Revision 1708 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 13:51:51 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
removed <xml? line from the top of the file that is giving
the newest msie headaches.  The line is from bbedit and gives
info on the character set begin used.  msie tries to interpret
it as xml and gets confused.  Other browsers, including msie on
the mac ignore it.

--Mike

Revision 1707 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 06:56:45 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed a mispelling

Revision 1706 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 06:55:38 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed copyright dates to 2000-2004

Revision 1705 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 01:40:43 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
dumped from wiki

Revision 1704 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 01:06:06 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed some rochester-specific stuff. in particular, this should
prevent our SMTP server from getting hammered by lazy sites.

Revision 1703 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 01:02:41 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed lingering references to "webwork-modperl", since we're calling
this product "webwork2" now. soon we should change the name of the CVS
module to "webwork2" as well.

Revision 1702 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 00:48:33 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added checkboxes to the import forms to allow user to deicde whether to
assign a set to all users or not.

Revision 1701 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 00:11:07 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed junk

Revision 1700 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jan 5 00:10:18 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed a syntax error

Revision 1699 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 4 08:18:20 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added default classlist file

Revision 1698 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jan 4 07:20:33 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
improved documentation in database.conf.dist and addcourse. added
mksqldb utility.

Revision 1697 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 3 21:00:28 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed calls to WeBWorK::DB::new, removed obsolete config files

Revision 1696 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 3 20:07:03 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
UPDATE YOUR CONFIG FILES! (global.conf.dist, database.conf.dist)

Made changes to support the storage of multiple database layouts in a
single course environment. Database layouts are now stored in a hash
named %dbLayouts in database.conf, and the default layout is aliased to
*dbLayout (see comments in database.conf.dist and global.conf.dist)
sql.conf and gdbm.conf are no longer used.

Support the selection of a specific database layout when instantiating
WeBWorK::DB. WeBWorK::DB now takes a reference to a database layout
rather than an entire course environment.

All calls to WeBWorK::DB::new were updated to pass the correct argument.

Revision 1695 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 3 19:58:15 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleaned up error reporting in the include() function. sadly, it still
doesn't work as expected (see FIXME in the source)

Revision 1694 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jan 3 17:12:55 2004 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified line at 344 to check whether $key is defined.
If $key was not defined then there was a reported error
in defining $unusedCookieMatched.

--Mike

Revision 1693 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 31 03:28:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
made changes in checking for permissionLevel so that zero
was recognized as a legitimate level.
--Mike

Revision 1692 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 28 22:33:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added AliasMatch redirect for webwork2_files so that it doesn't have to be
configured separately.

--Mike

Revision 1691 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 28 21:02:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More checking for incomplete records.  This time for entries in
@userRecords

--Mike

Revision 1690 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Dec 28 19:46:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Zeroed the variable storing the responses to questionnaires.  Should
fix the error on questionnaires revealed by the persistance of mod_perl
modules.

Changed warning message in dangerousMacros.pl to more accurately describe
what is wrong when the gif2eps script cannot be executed.  (Based on actual
experience running a course on webwork.math.rochester.edu -- I couldn't remember
what my own warning message implied.)
--Mike

Revision 1689 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 27 21:41:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added missing POD =back directive

Revision 1688 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 27 21:34:04 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added error messages that should make it easier to tell if
certain directories have not been created. Also checks that
files are actually created and written at each step of the process.
--Mike

Revision 1687 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 26 15:00:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified print out so that the problem totals and index totals
have %4.1f format.  The field width is 4 and the number of decimal points is 1.
This closes bug #284
--Mike

Revision 1686 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 26 01:29:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added error checking to insure that the open_date, due_date and answer_date
are in correct order.

This closes bug #73
--Mike

Revision 1685 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 25 04:17:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
We now send a cookie if any of these conditions are met:
(a) a cookie was used for authentication
(b) a cookie was sent but not used for authentication, and the credentials
used for authentication were the same as those in the cookie
(c) the user asked to have a cookie sent and is not a guest user.

Now whenever we're not sending a "real" cookie, we send a cookie
with no user or key data that expires "one day ago".

Revision 1684 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 24 00:59:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added automatic guest logins:

With the presence of a "login_practice_user" paramter, Authen.pm will
log the user in using the first unused practice user account. Login.pm
now displays a "Guest Login" button that sends the above parameter, but
only when the course has practice users. Currently, cookies are not sent
for practice users.

Revision 1683 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 23 06:03:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added cookie support for authenticaion. the "WeBWorKAuthentication"
cookie is used to retrieve the "user" and "key" parameters. the cookie
is sent if a "send_cookie" parameter is present, and persists for 30
days unless canceled by an explicit "logout".

Revision 1682 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 23 05:25:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 3 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
small amount of cleanup (to prepare for cookie patch)

Revision 1681 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 18 23:15:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
- Assigner and SetsAssignedToUser now refuse to unassign sets from the
GlobalTableEmulator's "global user". Closes bug #283.
- New "unassign from all users" button in Assigner.
- Cosmetic changes to path() and title() in several modules.

Revision 1680 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 18 03:37:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Multiple users with the same student ID no longer clobber each other.
(The users are still sorted by student ID.) Closes bug #285.

Revision 1679 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 18 03:02:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
add explicit "view" and "edit" links, closing bug #275

Revision 1678 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 18 02:35:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
(possible) fix for bug #286

Revision 1677 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 18 02:18:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
users are now skipped if they don't have an email address.

Revision 1676 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 23:14:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved a comment

Revision 1675 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 21:45:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
I wrote a really great log message, and then I lost it.
So now I'm a little pissed off.

Added code to pre-fetch users, global problems and user problems outside
of the main processing loop of scoreSet(). This allows the use of
getAllGlobalProblems() and getAllUserProblems(), which is much more
efficient than what was being done before:

For a course with 154 problems in 9 sets, all of which are assigned to
all users, scoring all sets with "IncludeIndex" and "Record Scores for
Single Sets" took the following times:

Original code: 34.07 sec
     New code:  8.68 sec

This is around four times as fast.

I initially attemped to rewrite the main loop to allow the use of
getAll*Problems(), but this proved to be time consuming and error prone.
I eventually decided to leave the main loop alone, except to replace the
DB calls inside it with accesses to pre-fetched records.

Revision 1674 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 21:24:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
additional comments in source code

Revision 1673 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 21:24:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
getAll() now returns problems in the order that they are specified in
the database, instead of in order by problem ID. This is the behavior of
gets() as well.

Revision 1672 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 20:21:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "getAllGlobalProblems", similar to "getAllUserProblems".

Revision 1671 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 17 19:04:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
scoreMessaage no longer prints to STDERR, only to log file.  For some reason
printing to STDERR really slowed things down on some systems.

Arnie

Revision 1670 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 13 01:44:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixing cosmetic error at line 68 -- replaced @result[0] by
$result[0];
--Mike

Revision 1669 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Dec 13 01:30:20 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed stupid bug (#292)

Revision 1668 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 12 20:23:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added DB: getAllUserProblems; WW1Hash: getAll, getAllNoFilter;
GlobalTableEmulator: getAll.

Together, these functions allow efficient access to all problems in a
given set.

Revision 1667 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 12 02:24:30 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
As best I can determine all "get" commands to the database are now
checked and appropriate action (usually "die") is taken if no
object is returned.

One exception.  The multiple "gets"  such as getGlobalSets(@setNames)
are not checked -- if a given setName is not found is an empty object
returned? in the list or is nothing returned?

--Mike

Revision 1666 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 11 22:04:08 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
removed <?xml   header from template which was confusing IE6 (but not
IE on the mac or mozilla etc.  apparently they ignore
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
at the beginning of a file.

--Mike

Revision 1665 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 10 18:50:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the way timing marks are implemented.  They are made if a
timer has been defined for the file.
--Mike

Revision 1664 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 9 02:42:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "count" methods to the rest of the schemas. updated documentation.

Revision 1663 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 9 01:12:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Normalized headers. All files now contain the text below as a header.
This is important since all files now (a) use the full name of the
package, (b) assign copyright to "The WeBWorK Project", (c) give the
full path of the file (relative to CVSROOT) instead of simply the file
name, and (d) include license and warranty information.

Here is the new header:

################################################################################
# WeBWorK Online Homework Delivery System
# Copyright © 2000-2003 The WeBWorK Projcct, http://openwebwork.sf.net/
# $CVSHeader$
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
# the terms of either: (a) the GNU General Public License as published by the
# Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
# version, or (b) the "Artistic License" which comes with this package.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
# ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
# FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See either the GNU General Public License or the
# Artistic License for more details.
################################################################################

Revision 1662 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 8 23:45:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
playing with header formats

Revision 1661 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Dec 8 23:07:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Implemented a schema-level "count" function in the WW1Hash schema.
Added countSetUsers and countProblemUsers to DB.
Replaced SCALAR calls to listSetUsers with calls to countSetUsers.
Update Schema documentation.

The immediate advantage of this is to make ProblemSetList MUCH faster.

Revision 1660 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Dec 5 00:01:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
implemented an "Import Multiple Sets" feature.

Revision 1659 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 20:23:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
typo

Revision 1658 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 20:23:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
squashed some instances of the "0 is not a true value" bug that keeps
creeping in.

Revision 1657 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 18:31:55 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed debugging statements

Revision 1656 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 06:19:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
reduced number of return points

Revision 1655 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 06:17:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
databases are not created on first read

Revision 1654 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 06:17:08 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed password creation

Revision 1653 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Dec 4 06:03:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
addcourse - add a course

addcourse [--users=FILE [--professors=USERID[,USERID]...] ]
[--templates=DIR] COURSEID

Add a course to the courses directory. The required directories will be
created. Optionally, a database can be populated with users and the
F<templates> directory can be populated with the contents of another
directory. Also, one or more users can be granted professor privileges.

Revision 1652 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 3 20:32:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added getsNoFilter, which will return a list of set or problem records
without filtering out global data first. (used by getMergedSets)

Revision 1651 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 3 20:31:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed timers

Revision 1650 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 3 20:31:30 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleanup

Revision 1649 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 3 20:30:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
finally committing "terrible GDBM hack": if WW1Hash and
GlobalTableEmuator are being used, a schema-specific optimization is
enabled in getMergedSets.

Revision 1648 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Dec 3 20:27:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
formatting

Revision 1647 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 2 16:42:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed old version of module from beneath __END__.

Revision 1646 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Dec 2 16:41:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 4 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed "use HTML::Entities", as it is not being used (commented out)
and no other modules use it.

Revision 1645 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 21 03:59:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
complains about there being a user-specific record but no global record,
but returns the user record unmodified instead if failing.

Revision 1644 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 20 02:28:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
http-wwmp.conf.dist no longer includes
/usr/local/etc/apache/httpd-wwmp-header.conf, but includes instead each
user's copy.

Revision 1643 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Nov 20 01:38:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
this file has been superceded by information in the WeBWorK Wiki:
http://devel.webwork.rochester.edu/twiki/bin/view/Webwork/ApacheSetup

Revision 1642 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 23:08:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
implemented assignAllSetsToUser and unassignAllSetsFromUser

Revision 1641 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 22:55:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
plural get methods no longer require an argument. that way, one can pass
an empty list to them and get an empty list back.

Revision 1640 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 19:06:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added "Act As" link, user ID now links to "sets assigned to user"

Revision 1639 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:48:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made minor modifications so that GatewayQuiz would run again.  It hadn't
been tested for months and other parts of the system had moved on.
This is still very much a mockup for delivering gateway quizzes.
--Mike

Revision 1638 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:46:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added script to generate HTML documentation from library POD

Revision 1637 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:45:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added documentation for "gets"

Revision 1636 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:44:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added code to check for undef return values from DB "get" calls.

Revision 1635 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:42:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
getPassword[s] and getPermissionLevel[s] now auto-create missing
records.

Revision 1634 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Nov 19 18:41:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed some formatting and #if nesting.

Revision 1633 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 10 05:05:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed defualt globalUserID to "professor". See bug #273.

Revision 1632 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Nov 10 04:11:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adding timing code for ProblemSets and for Stats.pm
--Mike

Revision 1631 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 9 23:21:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed references to ScoringTotals.pm   These capabilities
are handled by Scoring.pm
--Mike

Revision 1630 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 9 23:21:24 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Removed references to ScoringTotals.pm   These capabilities
are handled by Scoring.pm
--Mike

Revision 1629 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 9 22:44:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
changed getMergedProblems to getUserProblems.  This seems to
have speeded things up somewhat.
--Mike

Revision 1628 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Nov 9 21:29:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added timing code that measures how long it takes to get given
problem data for all users.  It's too long.

--Mike

Revision 1627 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:54:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
this module allows you to change which sets are assigned to a given
user. it is not yet accessible via the WW UI, but you can access it with
a URI like "/webwork2/$courseID/instructor/users/$userID/sets/"

Revision 1626 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:53:41 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed the name of the module in the path.

Revision 1625 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:53:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
There shall be ONE empty line between each subroutine. Not five, not
zero!

Revision 1624 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:52:35 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
I wasn't using WeBWorK::PG here, but it was getting loaded anyway
before I changed the way the dispatcher loads things.

Revision 1623 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:51:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed some variable names to make them more readable.

I've been calling variables that contain the names of courses, users,
sets, or problems things like "$courseID", "$userID", "$setID", and
"$problemID", and lists of said names "@courseIDs", "@userIDs",
"@setIDs", and "@problemIDs".

On the other hand, I call variables that contain ACTUAL RECORD OBJECTS
things like "$User", "$Set", and "$Problem", and lists of them "@Users",
"@Sets", and "@Problems". (Note the capitalization!)

This makes it totally clear whether we're talking about an OBJECT or and
ID. This is a Good Thing.

Revision 1622 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:47:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed old timer.

Revision 1621 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Nov 8 02:47:00 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
(1) only the content generator needed for this request is loaded, and it
is done at runtime. this is good for speed and error reporting.

(2) actually instantiating CGs and running their "go" methods is defered
until the end of the handler routine. this means there is only ONE place
where this is being done.

(3) documentation has been improved.

(4) added support for UserDetail (not yet written) and
SetsAssignedToUser (written, but not yet reachable) in the UI.

Revision 1620 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Nov 7 14:55:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
fixed a bug in line 2469 replacing \npsvnNumber by \n$psvnNumber

Arnie

Revision 1619 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 23:18:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added problem numbers along top when viewing all sets for a given user.
unfortunately, this slows down display, since nothing can be sent to the
client until all sets are processed. closes bug #272.

Revision 1618 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:29:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
revisions

Revision 1617 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:29:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support for FileXfer and Upload.

Revision 1616 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:29:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
support for FileXfer and Upload

Revision 1615 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:24:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved getCSVlist to superclass.
implemented FileXfer for set definition files and classlist files.

Revision 1614 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:23:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added routines to list classlist files and set definitions files.

Revision 1613 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Nov 4 02:23:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Finished Upload module. See POD.

Added sendFile routine to ContentGenerator. To use, store a hash
reference in $self->{sendFile} containing keys:
	source: full path to file to send
	type: content type of file to send
	name: file name to suggest to client
This must be done BEFORE the HTTP header is sent, i.e. in
pre_header_initialize. It will not work is &go or &header is overridden.

Revision 1612 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 27 13:06:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Turned timing off for the CVS copy of WeBWorK.pm
--Mike

Revision 1611 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 27 13:04:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified the way timers were controlled.  Timers must now be defined
before they will be called in this script.  This fixes a bug that
appeared only on webwork.math.rochester.edu where the timers were
turned off.
--Mike

Revision 1610 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 27 13:02:44 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified the way the timing mechanisms are controlled so that a timer
must be defined before it is called.  Fixed a bug appearing on
webwork.math.rochester.edu where the timers were turned off.

--Mike

Revision 1609 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 27 01:23:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Slowly modifying scoring so that it will be easier to add features.
The modifications are mainly to the scoreSet function.
--Mike

Revision 1608 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 24 00:33:11 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
the timing switch is now turned off by default.

--Mike

Revision 1607 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 24 00:31:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added lines that allow you to turn the timing statements off with one
switch.

Revision 1606 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 24 00:22:05 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Timing counters added.  Faster way to count the number of sets. (but not
fast enough for GDBM)
--Mike

Revision 1605 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 22 17:05:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 5 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
resolves bug #268:

This is a problem with the naming of the popup menu options.

"selected users" refers to the users checked in the user table, below
the action options. "users with matching user IDs:" refers to the list
of user IDs entered into the text field to the right of the popup menu.
(note the colon.)

The reporter was attempting to specify "selected users" by entering
their user IDs into the text field intended for "users with matching
user IDs".

I have changed the name of the "selected users" option to "users
selected below", which makes the distinction easier to grok.

Revision 1604 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 20:29:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cvs-log test

Revision 1603 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 20:26:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
foo

Revision 1602 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 20:26:26 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
comments

Revision 1601 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 20:19:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
display can now be filtered by entering a user ID (or list of user IDs)
or selecting a section or recitation from popup menus.

Revision 1600 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 21 20:18:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cosmetic changes to instructor_links method

Revision 1597 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 20 22:15:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added export functionality.

Revision 1596 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 20 18:59:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
use getGlobalSets instead of getMergedSets.   It speed things up a lot.

-- Mike

Revision 1595 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 20 15:29:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added timing code for Instructor::Index  to Instructor::Index.pm and
also to WeBWorK.pm.  We can remove this once we have finished testing
various database configs.

--Mike

Revision 1594 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 20 05:20:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
reworked UserList.pm to have a more modular structure:
1. all modification of user list happends in action_handler routines
2. the whole page is one form
3. view properties (what is shown? what is selected?) survive actions
4. can choose to apply actions to all/selected/visible users
this is more useful than the old UserList, and can be seen as a
prototype for additional refactoring.

also fixed Index.pm to work with the new UserList interface.

Revision 1593 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 19 21:24:26 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added note to title of scrolling lists which indicates  the initial
number of users or sets which have been selected.  This is useful
since the initial selections are often hidden on the list.

Updating this number would require javaScript, which we would prefer to
avoid.  This closes bug #257

--Mike

Revision 1592 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 18 23:15:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified the way the editor link is prepared and when it is shown --
particularly if there are errors.  This fixes bug #122

Revision 1591 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Oct 18 20:46:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed problem in logic which kept an edited problem from reading the
.tmp file when the answer was submitted.  Now the editMode variable
and sourceFilePath variables are passed on as hidden variables by
Problem.pm if they exists in the input form.  This fixes bug #179
as well as bug #109.

The temporary file is now labeled   fileName.pg.user.tmp where user is
the login name of the person editing the file.  If that file exists
then pgProblemEditor will attempt to use that as a source file.
The revert button forces a read from fileName.pg

--Mike

Revision 1590 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 17 03:42:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added various sorting methods to the statistics page.  This makes
the sorting more flexible, but it also slows down the process somewhat.
This results bug #153

--Mike

Revision 1589 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 16 03:12:44 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed the problem where all user values appear to be overridden. no bug
for this is bugzilla though.

Revision 1588 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Oct 16 02:28:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed code to call getMergedSets instead of calling getMergedSet
repeatedly.  No noticable speed up in this case, but it works correctly.
--Mike

Revision 1587 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 15 19:36:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed how "gets" was being called. It has to be called with a list of
array references. fixed several implementations of "gets".
closes bug #252.

Revision 1586 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 15 17:09:41 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed some typos re: calls to get vs. gets
closes bug #259
closes bug #250

Revision 1585 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 15 17:08:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changes to the diabled stack trace code

Revision 1584 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 14 19:12:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
work on making the user list more flexible:
by default, edit fields are not shown
it is possible to select a subset of users for editing

Revision 1583 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 14 18:02:39 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
closes bug #251: getMergedSets and getMergedProblems now call
getGlobalSets/getUserSets and getGlobalProblems/getUserProblems.

The algorithm used to merge fields is also more efficient now, and
getMergedSet/getMergedProblem have been reimplemented to call
getMergedSets/getMergedProblems.

Revision 1582 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 19:31:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixes bug #254.  The showHints check box will not be shown unless
the number of incorrect attempts is greater than or equal to the
value of showHints.

The showHints checkbox now appears in red (and in a new <div> which
means a new paragraph on some browsers)  This helps alert a student that
a hint is now available.
--Mike

Revision 1581 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 17:44:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added button to link to scoring of sets.

Removed some debugging warning messages.

--Mike

Revision 1580 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 04:10:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed dispatcher to allow access to Instructor::AddUser module.

Removed references to Index2.pm

--Mike

Revision 1579 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 04:09:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
A new version of the index page for instructor functions with a better
layout.  All of the buttons now do something appropriate, although
several of the functions should be rewritten to be more efficient.

For example it should be possible to change many students/dates at one
time.  There are other functions that should be added as well --
assigning students to sets for example.

--Mike

Revision 1578 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 04:07:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This will be removed soon.
--Mike

Revision 1577 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 04:03:08 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
The beginnings of a module that will allow you to add new users
efficiently.  For now it is just a copy of the old index page,
including links to the webwork 1.9 tools
-- Mike

Revision 1576 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 12 02:43:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This module is a candidate to replace the Index.pm page and module.
The displayed "control panel" is set up.  Only the
"become student" control works right at the moment.

You can access it by replacing instructor by instructor2 in the url
for the instructor index page.

--Mike

Revision 1575 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Oct 10 19:12:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updates

Revision 1571 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 7 03:15:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updates

Revision 1570 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 7 01:51:45 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added some notes about refactoring content generators.

Revision 1569 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Oct 7 00:27:00 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed new implementations of "get" -- they need to return a single item,
not a list of items!

Revision 1568 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 6 23:50:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added optimized implementations for DB getOBJECTs functions.

Revision 1567 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 6 22:36:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added record filter

Revision 1566 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 6 22:36:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
cleanup

Revision 1565 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 6 22:35:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
docs

Revision 1564 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Oct 6 22:35:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now can take commands from ARGV intead of interactively

Revision 1563 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 5 22:45:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a reference to the nullSafety filter
--Mike

Revision 1562 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Oct 5 22:01:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Protected against undefined strings.  They are replaced by empty
strings.
--Mike

Revision 1561 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 04:07:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
port defaults to 20000 + $>, override with -p PORT or --port=PORT
no longer hardcodes pg lib location
(call with "perl -I/path/to/pg/lib renderd" instead)

Revision 1560 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 03:35:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
updated for remote renderer

Revision 1559 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 03:20:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
new render daemon

Revision 1558 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 02:57:55 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
1. moved common functions from PG::Local and PG::Remote to PG and made
them methods so that inheritence would work.
2. made some changes to PG::Remote to make it work with renderd

Revision 1557 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 02:57:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
1. moved common functions from PG::Local and PG::Remote to PG and made
them methods so that inheritence would work.

Revision 1556 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 02:40:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed the way the IO modules work: shared subroutines are in IO now,
and IO has a hash %WeBWorK::PG::IO::SHARE which can be added to
Translator's %shared_subroutine_hash directly.

Revision 1555 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Oct 1 02:31:54 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed documentation to reflect the fact that reh refresh and mtime
flags are no longer used

Revision 1554 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:32:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved to pg

Revision 1553 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:20:55 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added files from WW2

Revision 1552 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:19:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
replaced with a stub that allows the calling of macro loading functions
without an instance

Revision 1551 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:19:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use WeBWorK::PG::Translator instead of PGtranslator

Revision 1550 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:18:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
check to see if $envir->{texDisposition} is defined before trying to
access it.

Revision 1549 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:13:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
preserve permissions when copying

Revision 1548 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 30 01:12:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added $VERSION variable

Revision 1547 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 29 16:33:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
no, it's actually "perl MAKEDEBUG"

Revision 1546 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 29 16:33:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
advise users to run "sh MAKEDEBUG", not "./MAKEDEBUG"

Revision 1545 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 29 16:31:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
set $main::VERSION in BEGIN block.

Revision 1544 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 29 16:31:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Since the CGI debug scripts are programmatically generated, they have
been removed from the distribution. To re-create them, run the script
MAKEDEBUG from this directory:

	$ cd webwork/system/cgi
	$ ./MAKEDEBUG

This will create a wrapper script for each perl script in the enclosed
cgi-bin directory.

Revision 1543 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 20:41:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made "set header" field 32 chars long.  This fixses bug #168.
--Mike

Revision 1542 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 19:24:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Replaced table and check box display of sets and users with scrolling list
display of sets and users.

Used the new getObjects  commands whenever possible.
--Mike

Revision 1541 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 19:23:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed spelling on "getMergedSets"
--Mike

Revision 1540 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 16:47:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
When displaying a raw student answer, nulls are converted to \0 so that they
can be seen.  This is probably redundant since strings with multiple values
separated by nulls are supposed to be converted to references to arrays before
they reach this point.
--Mike

Revision 1539 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 16:44:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
When recording answers the answer strings are now obtained directly from the original
formField entries, rather than from the processed version in the answer hashes.
This insures that the memorized answers will be identical with the ones that would
have been submitted from the form.

This is important for answers with multiple values which are represented by
null separated strings.  The answer evaluation process converts these strings
to references to arrays, and -- in order to have good display properties -- the
original_student_answer slot in the AnswerHash contains a representation such as
( 4, 5, 6).

This is NOT suitable for resubmitting as an answer in a form field and is therefore not the
right thing to store in the data base when saving answers.

--MIke

Revision 1538 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 27 16:34:45 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified process_answers so that each student answer is modified in this way:
(1) if the answer is undefined, then it is replaced by an empty answer
(2) if the answer contains null spaces then the answer string is split along the nulls (\0)
and the answer variable is replaced by a reference to this array.

A few clauses in filter_answers and in AnswerEvaluator::get_student_answer are now redundant
but I've left them in for now.  The filter_answer subroutine was replacing all nulls by
blanks, which caused the difficulty with handling vectors.

--Mike

Revision 1537 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 26 21:31:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now install nullSafetyFilter, which does nothing (hence the name).

Revision 1536 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 26 21:31:24 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
small cleanup
added "FIXME: this table is heinously out of date"

Revision 1535 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 26 21:16:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added line which prints out the raw student answer when the debug
flag is on.
--Mike

Revision 1534 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 05:42:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unneeded #! line

Revision 1533 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 05:41:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed #! lines to /usr/bin/env perl
THIS SHOULD BE THE LAST TIME #! LINES ARE CHANGED!!!!!!!

Revision 1532 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 05:37:00 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
1. better guess for system HTML dir.
2. default perl path is now "/usr/bin/env perl".
3. a warning is given directing users with commit privs to refrain from
   changing the perl path.

Revision 1531 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 02:21:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added tip about "permission denied" errors

Revision 1530 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 02:03:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unneeded arguments from calls to ImageGenerator

Revision 1529 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 02:02:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed overly chatty error message: instead, we should add this sort of
thing to the generic "software error" message.

Revision 1528 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 01:29:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed #! line

Revision 1527 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 01:28:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
using new WeBWorK::PG::ImageGenerator

Revision 1526 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 01:28:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
#! replacement now replaces the whole line (so you can say
"#!/usr/bin/env perl")

Revision 1525 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 00:29:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed unneeded #! lines

Revision 1524 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 25 00:28:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added image generation modules from WW2

Revision 1523 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 24 23:57:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed #! line

Revision 1522 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 24 23:48:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added several variables to Global.pm to support a global, web-accessible
temp directory, a global non-web-accessible temp directory, and a global
DATA directory.

Revision 1521 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 24 23:48:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added a question to system_webwork_setup.pl for the path to the
system HTML directory.

Revision 1520 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 24 23:42:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Removed leftover PGanswermacros.pl.original

Removed MAKELINKS.PL and MAKELINKS.pl, and replaced them with a script
called MAKELINKS, which can take the path to the PG directory on the
command line:

NAME
    MAKELINKS - create symlinks pointing to the contents of the pg/lib and
    pg/macros directories for use in the WeBWorK 1.x courseScripts
    directory.

SYNOPSIS
     ./MAKELINKS [pg_dir]

DESCRIPTION
    MAKELINKS takes a single argument, the path to a pg directory,
    containing lib and macros directories. If no arguments are given, a
    default of ../../../pg is used.

    Given this inforamtion, it creates symlinks in the current directory
    pointing to each "*.pl" file in the macros directory and each "*.pm"
    file and directory in the lib directory.

Revision 1519 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:19:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added values necessary for supporting EquationCache.

Revision 1518 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:13:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
moved it out of PG::

Revision 1517 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:12:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
equationcache module was moved.

Revision 1516 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:12:00 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added EquationCache module, which interfaces with the imagecache
database.

Revision 1515 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:09:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Modified ImageGenerator to use new EquationImage module.
Added arguments to ImageGenerator call to support global image cache.

Revision 1514 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 23 21:09:24 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
Added arguments to ImageGenerator call to support global image cache.

Revision 1513 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 22 18:30:30 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed some typos

Revision 1512 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 22 17:37:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added getOBJECTs functions (with pod!)
-sam

Revision 1511 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 22 14:30:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
use !WEBWORK_ROOT!/conf/htpasswd instead of
/home/!WEBWORK_USER!/webwork-modperl/conf/htpasswd

Revision 1510 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 22 13:28:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 6 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
added this file (created a long time ago)

Revision 1509 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 19 02:28:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Provides link to Instructor2 alternate interface for instructors.
--Mike

Revision 1508 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 19 02:27:24 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Index2.pm is a temporary testing version of the instructor interface.
--Mike

Revision 1507 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 19 02:17:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed logic of what is shown about answers when
"submit Answers" and "check Answers" are clicked.
In particular you can't see the answers responses at
all unless one of these two or "preview answers" is cliced.

Hopefully this will not upset preflight uses.

-- Mike

Revision 1506 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 19 01:30:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed check_string filter so that it places a
value in preivew_text_string and in preview_latex_string
in the answer hash.  For example entering DNE did not
show up in answer preview, which bothered some students.

--Mike

Revision 1505 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Sep 15 05:47:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
It seems as though the way I tried to fix long decimals isn't working the way I wanted it too, so I've commented it out for now.

~Liam

Revision 1504 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 12 18:39:11 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed spelling buttom->button .

Revision 1503 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 11 02:07:20 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo (set should have been self)

Revision 1502 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 11 02:03:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes to ProblemSet.pm that replace the feedback button
which did not work with the "email instructor" button.

Also changed some probable typos in Feedback.pm which
was trying to find set_id from problem rather than from set.

This doesn't work when problem is not defined.

--Mike

Revision 1501 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 11 01:13:05 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Blank messages are not submitted and give a warning.  I also fixed
a hidden bug in which the arguments to feebackForm were switched.

--Mike

Revision 1500 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 11 00:31:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug in feeback button.

Revision 1499 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 11 00:05:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Submit answer button is now hidden when you are acting to prevent
accidental submission of data for a student.  The checkAnswer button
is still active.
--Mike

Revision 1498 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 14:12:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Get permission (nominally 0660) from $Global::tmp_file_permission

Arnie

Revision 1497 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 03:54:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Rounded of score, made link to act as student in the display of
statistics for a given user.  This retires bugs:
203 and #206.

Revision 1496 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 03:51:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added warning message about updating the preview answer using
shift refresh.  Best I can do for now.
--Mike

Revision 1495 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 02:56:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added logic to show the checkAnswer button when you are
a professor or TA acting as a student.  This allows you
to check the answer without recording results. (I think)

--MIke

Revision 1494 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 02:06:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Put mbox around entries of a matrix in TeX-based modes to protect
math inside of them.

Revision 1493 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 02:01:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified parseDateTime  so that it handles time strings of the form
01/03/03 at 06:00am.  The " at " retains compatibility with webwork 1.9
which is important for import and export.  This fixes a bug introduced
when changing formatDateTime.  #204 and #203  should be fixed by this.

In this file I added warning messages in distGlobalValues() which
check to make sure fields are defined.  Hopefyully this is not
a huge time sync, but will help with debugging.
--Mike

Revision 1492 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 02:00:07 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modified parseDateTime  so that it handles time strings of the form
01/03/03 at 06:00am.  The " at " retains compatibility with webwork 1.9
which is important for import and export.  This fixes a bug introduced
when changing formatDateTime.  #204 and #203  should be fixed by this.

--Mike

Revision 1491 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Sep 9 01:36:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Set the permissions and group for images from dvipng.

Revision 1490 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 7 17:40:54 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected a typo in EV4
--Mike

Revision 1489 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Sep 7 00:12:55 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Squashed a bug in
adding the title "sets
" in listing the sets
on the first page.

--Mike

Revision 1488 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 6 17:07:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added "set " before
listing the set number.
--Mike

Revision 1487 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 6 16:24:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Sort students by name, (only)
Add a link to the name which allows you to inspect the students
version of the problem set.
This partially fixes bug #201

Revision 1486 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Sep 6 15:56:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added the ability to enter a new student from this page.  It is much faster than from the class list.

Of course it doesn't have full functionality yet.
--Mike

Revision 1485 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 17:16:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
rename backup() to back_up() to remove conflict with another backup routine.

Arnie

Revision 1484 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 14:03:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added sorting code to Assigner.pm so that the list is sorted alphabetically and then by section.
--Mike

Revision 1483 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 13:19:45 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added EV4 routine supplied by Zig Fiedorowicz
--Mike

Revision 1482 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 03:48:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added warning message if the password record can't be found
Helps with debuggin.
--MIke

Revision 1481 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 03:39:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added " at " in formatDateTime function.  This makes it compatible with webwork1.9
which is important when we export  set definition files.  this may ruin
some earlier aesthetic considerations (Dennis?) but the compatibility
is more important than that in this case.
--Mike

Revision 1480 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 03:25:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a kludge which, if $showPartialCorrectAnswers is negative, will not show
the answer field at all until the "showCorrectanswers" button is checked.
For students this also must be after the due date.
--Mike

Revision 1479 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Sep 5 03:09:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed messages after the answer box so that it doesn't give away
how many answers were correct. Fixes bug #176.

Removed some hidden inputs from the main form that were making it
impossible to uncheck "show correct answers"  (and probably doing
the same for show hints and show solutions.)
--Mike

Revision 1478 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Sep 4 13:20:00 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed subject heading so that it includes the user,
the set and problem (if both are defined).
--Mike

Revision 1477 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 3 21:21:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Can now handle the case when the list contaims complete email addresses.

Arnie

Revision 1476 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Sep 3 20:50:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add Global:: to the two called to scriptDirectory on lines 241-2

Arnie

Revision 1475 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 28 23:24:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added scoring to the instructor links.
--Mike

Revision 1474 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 28 15:00:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed sorting routine so that sorting by sections doesn't
screw up sorting by alphabet.

Revision 1473 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 28 14:45:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 7 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added sorting to class list.  Sorted alphabetically first
and then by section.  This is a temporary fix.  The code
should be cleaned up and increased functionality, such as
that provided in the listing of sets, should be added.
--Mike

Revision 1472 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 02:26:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
One more fix to constructing the returnURL
--Mike

Revision 1471 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 02:16:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed "contact instructor" ot "email
instructor" on button.
--Mike

Revision 1470 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 02:15:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug #171 -- bad link in feedback
address. There was also a bad link
in cancel feedback link.
-- Mike

Revision 1469 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 01:32:10 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Login reads material from
login_info(.txt) in the top
directory of the course and places
on the right side of the page.

ProblemSets does the same from
a file called course_info.txt
--Mike

Revision 1468 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 01:30:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added course_info whose material will appear
on the right side of the problem sets page

and login_info whose material will appear
on the right side of the login page.
--Mike

Revision 1467 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Aug 16 00:48:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Moved show hints and show solutions to
spots just above the submit buttons.  This
is closer to the old webwork style and I
think it is more appropriate.  Particularly
since these options are sticky only as long
as you stay on the same problem

Revision 1466 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 15 19:07:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added an obvious warning when using preview only mode so that
user is aware that the answer was not recorded.
--Mike

Revision 1465 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 15 18:56:04 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Switched preview answers button to be first.

Revision 1464 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 15 18:12:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a note alerting the login user to the existence of practice1,
practice2 accounts.  This is a temporary fix for the bug report asking
for a login_info.txt window.
--Mike

Revision 1463 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 15 16:51:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes to mail that make it work properly with ALLOW_MAIL_TO
--Mike

Revision 1462 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Aug 15 16:49:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes to rh_sticky_answers so that they
are addressed correctly.

Long term I would like to remove all
references to main:: except for those
in the init routines.  The references
can be replaced by a locally defined
pointer to the  value in the current safe
compartment.

This procedure should make it easier to
maintain the macros.  All references to
global variables will occur in the init
routine.

--Mike

Revision 1461 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 21:33:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Actually added the printing of assignment counts and user-specific
identification.

Revision 1460 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 20:10:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Changed "1.0" to "1.9" for consistency

Revision 1459 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 20:10:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug 143
Implemented temporary solution suggested in bug 110
  (I think this could be the permanent solution)
Fixed bug 53

Revision 1458 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 19:59:20 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Changed text of instructor links

Revision 1457 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 19:07:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Modifications so that the operations mask is restored
after reading PG.pl, IO.pl and dangerousMacros.pl
--Mike

Revision 1456 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 16:10:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
At least a temporary fix for mail_answers_to2

These evaluators are run in the grader and the
environment variables have disappeared??  I can't find
them at any rate.

this is at best a temporary fix until we get the global
variable situation under control when using cached code.
--Mike

Revision 1455 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Aug 14 13:27:54 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes to anstext and a few
other answer evaluators so that they
evaluated "main::" correctly.

Still need to fix install problem
grader
--Mike

Revision 1454 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 12 16:43:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Redoing fix to random so that random(2,7,3) won't produce 8.  The original
fix was lost in the merger with mod-perl version.

Revision 1453 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Aug 6 18:59:26 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
New file with linear programming simplex method related macros.

Revision 1452 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 5 16:37:10 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Revised documentation for test_points.

Revision 1451 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 5 16:34:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added some documentation for test_points.

Revision 1450 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Aug 5 16:24:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Added option of test_points to fun_cmp.

Revision 1449 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 4 20:49:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug that prevented scoring of sets assigned to fewer than all
users

Revision 1448 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 4 08:06:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the scoringDownload module for downloading scoring data

Revision 1447 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 4 08:06:10 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added scoreDownload URL for ScoreDownload.pm module

Revision 1446 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Aug 4 08:05:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the score_sets permission

Revision 1445 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 31 01:39:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
comment out voffset

Arnie

Revision 1444 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 30 22:59:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
back off of Davide's chnages which caused a bug when downloading multiple sets.

Arnie

Revision 1442 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 28 14:02:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Change instructions.  cgiWebworkURL is now found in the webworkConfig.pm
file and not in Global.pm.

Arnie

Revision 1441 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 22:29:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added many functions for filtering data out for different files

Revision 1440 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 20:47:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Don't show both check answers and submit answers button at the same time.
If the submit answers button can be shown then the check answers button
is not shown.
--Mike

Revision 1439 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 19:22:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed glitch in links involving effective user
--Mike

Revision 1438 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 14:31:41 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected spelling on button
--Mike

Revision 1437 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 14:08:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Tweaked the look slightly.  Corrected reference to webwork_files
to webwork2_files
--Mike

Revision 1436 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 13:33:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Tweaked the instructor links callback
--Mike

Revision 1435 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 12:44:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This may not be necessary, but it is a parallel development
of creating scoring files.  The idea is to go directly to the
totals files with creating .csv files for each set.
--Mike

Revision 1434 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 12:41:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Increased cellpadding size in tables
--Mike

Revision 1433 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 12:38:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic modifications to the index pages of Stats and
the instructor pages
--MIke

Revision 1432 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 25 03:20:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added more capabilities to the stats module.

There is some overlapping code that needs to be factored out.
--Mike

Revision 1431 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 24 21:58:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Minor bug fix in links subroutine
--Mike

Revision 1430 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 24 21:52:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a module that shows the raw stats for a single set.
We need a better index page for this and other views of the
same statistics.
--Mike

Revision 1429 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 24 18:47:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
new version for WW1.9

Arnie

Revision 1428 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 24 14:32:30 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added import from set definition file function and
export to set definition file function
--Mike

Revision 1427 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 20:19:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Inconsequential changes

Revision 1426 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 20:19:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Problem now asks to use the "problem" template if specified, before
falling back to the "system" template

Revision 1425 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 20:19:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the ability for content generators to specify names for themselves
for the purpose of custom templates

Revision 1424 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 18:38:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
modified for WeBWorK 1.9

Arnie

Revision 1423 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 18:37:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
initial version

Arnie

Revision 1421 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 17:01:24 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
added comment concerning $main::timingON

Arnie

Revision 1420 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 16:45:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
create answer_log file with correct group and permissions so that
profs and edit or remove it.

Arnie

Revision 1419 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 16:43:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
add a log_permission variable to be used for answer_log.
also set psvn digits to 6

Arnie

Revision 1418 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 16:01:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bug in filehandles for output.  Why this worked on freeBSD I don't
know but it hung jobs on Red Hat.  By default output still goes to STDERR.
I don't know a good way to send to a set file independent of how the system
is set up since relative paths don't work (they send output to 2 files).

Arnie

Revision 1417 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 23 14:38:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
1. Fix bug in line 547 (added: if $main::timingON) so that script runs even
if $main::timingON is set to 0.

2. Set $main::timingON=0; in distributed script

3. Bugs remain (at least in Red Hat). If the error.log file is not specified,
getting hard copy just hangs. If it is specified, hardcopy works but the timing info
is not entered into the log file.

Arnie

Revision 1416 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 22 20:45:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug preventing scoring data from being generated for sets
assigned to less than all users.

Revision 1415 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 22 20:40:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 8 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Removed a superfluous warning

Revision 1414 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 22 15:27:35 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Change default path to perl to '/usr/bin/perl';

Arnie

Revision 1413 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 23:07:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Now generates scoring data files in response to requests from the set
list.  There is no confirmation that this has been done, yet, though.
If it returns an "empty" page, it worked, and you can see the scoring
files.

Revision 1412 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 23:06:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in url_args preventing it from properly representing
one-to-many params.

Revision 1411 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 23:06:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added course/instructor/scoring => Scoring.pm

Revision 1410 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 22:08:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Redirect to the Scoring content generator if the scoreSelected button is
pressed

Revision 1409 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 22:08:04 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Refactored the code to take advantage to recent changes in
ContentGenerator with respect to REDIRECTs.

Revision 1408 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 22:07:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the capability for content generators to return an HTTP response
type other than OK.
Added the capability for content generators to bypass the template
processing (by providing a "content" subroutine)

Revision 1406 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 17:27:39 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
use verbatim for displaying correct answers in hardcopy.

Arnie

Revision 1405 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 21 15:23:55 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
added new tip.

Arnie

Revision 1404 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 18 21:42:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Another button that doesn't do anything (yet)

Revision 1403 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 18 20:49:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
The set-scoring code generates all scoring file types available in WW1.9
(normal, full, total).

Revision 1402 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 17 20:28:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Now the "totals" column is working.

Revision 1401 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 16 21:11:05 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Generating a scoring file works except for totals, and it can be written
out to disk.  Still no UI.

Revision 1400 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 16 17:56:20 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added blank for entering the name of the imported set.
--Mike

Revision 1399 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 16 13:33:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a pop menu that displays the set definition files that could be
imported.
--Mike

Revision 1398 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 16 13:33:10 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Corrected a typo that used TIMING_LOG instead of TIMING for a file
handle.  TIMING_LOG is a file variable that specifies an output
other than STDERR
--Mike

Revision 1397 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 16 12:58:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Abstracted "read directory" functions in SendMail and moved them
to Instructor.  The instructor calls WeBWorK::Utils::readDirectory
and then filters the output according to a pattern match. Sorts as well.

Also move read_scoring_file to instructor since it will need to be used
in other scripts as well.
--Mike

Revision 1396 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 20:42:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Duplicate version for use by WW1.9

Arnie

Revision 1395 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 19:36:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added ShowAnswers.pm module which reads the log file of the students answers
Modifications to WeBWorK (dispatcher) and Problem (the Show Past Answer button
had to be redirected) were also made.
--Mike

Revision 1394 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 19:32:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Still more bug fixing.  I think that should do it for the auxiliary
functions.

Revision 1393 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 19:08:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Lots of bug-fixing to auxiliary routines

Revision 1392 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 18:23:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added Davide's changes in commented out code.

Arnie

Revision 1391 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 17:58:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Lots of bug-fixes
replaced all instances of "column" with the (much) more accurate "row"

Revision 1390 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 17:55:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Back off from Cervone's new definition of BR

Arnie

Revision 1389 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 01:19:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
And then I wrote comments

Revision 1388 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 01:15:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Finished the auxiliary functions.

Revision 1387 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 00:56:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes made to make show Past answers work.  Basically I duplicated
writeLog with writeCourseLog which writes to the courses log directory.
I also defined answer_log in that directory.

Revision 1386 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 15 00:50:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Initial commit, containing support methods.

Revision 1385 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 20:22:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in Davide Cervone's changes

Arnie

Revision 1384 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 19:30:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic tweak to links

Revision 1383 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 18:44:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Tweaked the links section a bit.  Moved instructor links
into their own submethod, since they were getting complicated.
--Mike

Revision 1382 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 18:43:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Commented out the fork statement.  Fixes the blocker bug #142
--Mike

Revision 1381 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 15:29:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed error message for merge template display
--Mike

Revision 1380 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 15:21:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Updates for sendMail as well as PG/Local renderer and so forth
--Mike

Revision 1379 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 15:16:30 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Incorporated Davide Cervone's improvements and bug fixes.  This mostly
involved removing unwanted spaces, etc.

Arnie

Revision 1378 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 15:14:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed problem with displaying complex numbers in answers (with nbsp() )
--Mike

Revision 1377 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 14 15:13:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added dispatching for send_mail
--Mike

Revision 1376 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 13 19:22:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Some more initialization fixes.  Still problems with the
best error reporting if merge file hasn't been found
or doesn't exist.
--Mike

Revision 1375 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 13 18:56:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some bugs where defaults were not always initialized.
--Mike

Revision 1374 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 13 18:55:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added link to "Send Email" for instructors
--Mike

Revision 1373 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 13 18:32:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
SendMail now works -- probably with lots of bugs and certainly
without enough features, particularly error checks.  It's ready
for bug reports.
--Mike

Revision 1372 - Directory Listing
Modified Sun Jul 13 17:08:49 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Preview now works fairly well.  Only the actual send mail action
needs to be implemented
Followed by bug fixes and assignments.
--Mike

Revision 1371 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 12 21:31:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
backups work now.  The list of merge files can be found.
To do:
1.. Get better list of students (with entire names)
2.  Get view of merge file
3.  Get preview working
--Mike

Revision 1370 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 12 19:04:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Save procedures are working pretty well although there
is no backup mechanism yet.
--Mike

Revision 1369 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jul 12 03:13:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Massive changes -- formatting is now much better.
Functionality is not yet there.
--Mike

Revision 1368 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 21:40:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
First crack at writing a send mail script.  Not at all functional
--Mike

Revision 1367 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 21:19:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Removed spurious warning message

Revision 1366 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 20:30:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
In order to make ans_array entries "sticky" I've had to change some stuff.
The answer labels for these entries are now put into
$main::PG_FLAGS{ANSWER_ENTRY_ORDER} as an array reference in PG.pl.
In processProblem8.pl the labels are caught again in the subroutines
logCourseData and encode_submitted_answers. It is important that
they're caught there rather than earlier because then the translator would
think that every entry was it's own answer.
Professor Gage says that processProblem8.pl is no longer used in webwork2, and
he says he'll fix this there.

Revision 1365 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 20:18:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
In order to make ans_array entries "sticky" I've had to change some stuff.
The answer labels for these entries are now put into $main::PG_FLAGS{ANSWER_ENTRY_ORDER} as an array reference in PG.pl.
In processProblem8.pl the labels are caught again in the subroutines logCourseData and encode_submitted_answers. It is important that
they're caught there rather than earlier because then the translator would think that every entry was it's own answer.
Professor Gage says that processProblem8.pl is no longer used in webwork2, and he says he'll fix this there.

Revision 1364 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 20:01:56 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More cosmetic tweaks to the siblings macro
--Mike

Revision 1363 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 19:52:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic changes to title
--Mike

Revision 1362 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 19:21:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
added FIXME

Revision 1361 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 19:20:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic improvements to the links macro.  Instructor.pm
no longer needs a links macro, but I've left it there
temporarily
--Mike

Revision 1360 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 19:20:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic improvements to the links macro.  Instructor.pm
no longer needs a links macro, but I've left it there
temporarily
--Mike

Revision 1359 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 19:02:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
I've trade speed for usefulness and convenience.  The sibling links are
now sorted by name and all links are active.  On webwork3 this cuts the
loading time for the page by a factor of 5 (11 seconds to 2)

We can reverse this when the process of collecting all of the relevant
sets is faster (this process took 8 seconds).
--Mike

Revision 1358 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 18:41:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Links now include direct access to Class list and to Set list
--Mike

Revision 1357 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 18:40:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More graceful failure if permissionlevel record is not defined.
--Mike

Revision 1356 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 18:06:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Accept all of Davide Cervone's additions.

Arnie

Revision 1355 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 17:42:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
All the changes were not in the previous commit

Arnie

Revision 1354 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 17:26:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added link to edit set header.  Available only to instructors
--Mike

Revision 1353 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 17:14:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added a startShowingRemainingTime parameter.

Arnie

Revision 1352 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 16:58:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
When editing a set header one can not save to a temporary file, (the
refresh button is gone) however you can make a permanent change and the
result is viewed from the ProblemSet.pm page listing the problems from
the set, together with the screen version of the set header.
--Mike

Revision 1351 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 16:30:04 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
incorporate some of davide Cervone'e changes

Arnie

Revision 1350 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 15:04:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic fix

Revision 1349 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 15:03:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
This set header can be used for both presentation on the screen
and on paper.
--Mike

Revision 1348 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 13:47:27 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added a link which allows editing of the setHeader
Refresh and Save don't yet work because they try to
access the set header as problem 0.  One fix would
be to have Problem.pm display the setHeader whenever
it was asked to show problem 0.  This involves a fair
amount of special case code. Is there are better way?
--Mike

Revision 1347 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 11 13:11:26 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the variable pointing to  the text accompanying the list of
problems from problem_header to set_header.  I believe this is what was
intended originally, since the default is snippets/setHeader.pg
I don't believe we have a use for problem header yet.
--Mike

Revision 1346 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 22:38:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added bread crumbs to Assigner.pm -- changed set:1 to just 1 in
ProblemSetEditor -- I think this looks cleaner.
--Mike

Revision 1345 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 21:53:16 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Removed a spurious warning

Revision 1344 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 20:18:25 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Implemented Davide Cervone's time remaining notice in a different manner.

Arnie

Revision 1343 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 19:51:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
added phrase "Reload page to update times"

Arnie

Revision 1342 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 19:23:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed some bugs that would have made Sam's hair straighten.

Revision 1341 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 19:11:20 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Disting of global values to each user now works.  This fixes bug #123

Revision 1340 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 19:08:39 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
You're not allowed to edit both the default and the user-specific fields
at the same time anymore.  It was just too hard to keep straight
efficiently.

Revision 1339 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 17:42:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
removed call to ppmtopgm so that now the default is to get color images.

Arnie

Revision 1338 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 17:42:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in changing overrides

Revision 1337 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 16:26:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Resurected and updated this script which Davide Cervone found useful

Arnie

Revision 1336 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 16:04:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Make a few of the minor chnages suggested by Davide Cervone

Arnie

Revision 1335 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jul 10 16:03:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added variable to handle checkbox default (checked or unchecked) on
add student page as suggested by Andy Knightly.

Arnie

Revision 1334 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 23:39:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Finally squashed that pesky undefined fields bug that's been plaguing my
GDBM efforts. Next!

Revision 1333 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 23:20:23 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed new bug introduced by, er, my previous bug fix.

Revision 1332 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 20:29:04 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a rounding problem.

Revision 1331 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 20:28:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Removed the last change, it's now handled in display_matrix.

Revision 1330 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 20:21:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Make several changes suggested by Davide Cervone

Arnie

Revision 1329 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 20:20:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added a time-remaining and leeway option as suggested by Davide Cervone

Arnie

Revision 1328 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 19:45:40 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added $ to PG_random_generator in the subroutine SRAND.  Why it worked
before as a bare word is anyone's guess. Now that $PG_random_generator
is a local variable the bareword no longer works properly.
--Mike

Revision 1327 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 18:06:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Added a pretty_matrix sub routine to fix some rounding problems.

Revision 1326 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 01:54:31 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Check for empty string instead of truth when inserting &nbsp; in
answer table.  This fixes bug #86
--Mike

Revision 1325 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 9 01:36:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed error in finding the default set Header.pg file when the set
header was not defined.  This squashes bug #125.
--Mike

Revision 1324 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 8 22:39:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Removed unecessary warning

Revision 1323 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 8 22:36:48 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in submitting changes to user-specific data.

Revision 1322 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 8 19:26:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Use a drop down list rather than pattern matching to select sections.

Arnie

Revision 1321 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 7 15:12:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More modifications in format for Hardcopy errors.
--Mike

Revision 1320 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 7 14:29:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cleaning up the format of error reporting in hardcopy.
--Mike

Revision 1319 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 7 02:27:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Made box option functional for display_matrix.  It lets you specify an
element to be boxed.

Revision 1318 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jul 7 01:34:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed bugs in matrix display when top_labels are present.

Revision 1317 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jul 4 05:08:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by jj
Original Path: trunk
Fixed tick marks for graphs - x/y values were reversed.

Revision 1316 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 2 19:09:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Added Davide Cevones functionality of allowing the prof to change dates
for all students in a particular section.

Arnie

Revision 1315 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 2 18:27:11 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Incorporated Davide Cervones idea of a logout button

Arnie

Revision 1314 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jul 2 15:27:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add backslash to list of characters filtered out of sticky answers

Arnie

Revision 1313 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 18:33:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Changed default viewing mode from html to Global default as suggested by Davide P. Cervone

Arnie

Revision 1312 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 17:55:12 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed error in sourceAlias.  The variable is %main::envir not
$main::envir !!!
--Mike

Revision 1311 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 15:36:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the defintion of *i to be inside the Complex package.
this and the change to dangerousMacros seems to have cured bug #116

In dangerousMacros, I've added sub i {Complex::i}; after sub i;

--Mike

Revision 1310 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 15:35:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changed the defintion of *i to be inside the Complex package.
this and the change to dangerousMacros seems to have cured bug #116
--Mike

Revision 1309 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 14:29:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Small error recovery corrections added to Hardcopy
--Mike

Revision 1308 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 14:28:37 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added hooks for printing timing to a different log.  The log
must be hard coded into this file.
--Mike

Revision 1307 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 14:23:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added timing code for hardcopy output
--Mike

Revision 1306 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 00:49:34 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
added warning message to preload macros call
--Mike

Revision 1305 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jul 1 00:48:01 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Latest attempt to get a version of dangerousMacros.pl that will
work with both 5.6.1 adn 5.6.0
--Mike

Revision 1304 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 30 23:24:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
removed unnecessary "no strict, use strict" pair
--Mike

Revision 1303 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 30 20:36:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
added missing hyperbolic, inverse trig, and inverse hyperbolic functions
cintributed by Davide Cervone

Arnie

Revision 1302 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 21:54:21 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the ability to get from the assigner page to the UserSet editor,
and from the UserSet editor to the UserProblem editor.

Revision 1301 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 21:39:35 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added functionality to the assigner.  You can now assign a set to an
individual student.

Revision 1300 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 21:38:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Made sure that only important db warnings get sent by the assign*
functions.

Revision 1299 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 20:42:22 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added '-' to the list of valid characters in identifiers.  This
addresses bug #115

Revision 1298 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 19:53:50 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Fixed typo in beginproblem
--Mike

Revision 1297 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 17:09:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Cosmetic modifcations to links
--Mike

Revision 1296 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 17:02:46 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes in links subroutine.  Only
need class editor and problem list
for now

Revision 1295 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 15:43:06 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added bread crumbs (path subroutine) along the top of each of these pages.
--Mike

Revision 1294 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 27 13:57:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Added a vec_solution_cmp. Used for problems where the answer
needs to be v1_s*v2+t*v3 where v1,v2,and v3 are vectors. v1 has
to be a linear combination of the professors answer where the
first one has a nonzero coefficient. The others are a basis, and
are compared with compare_basis.

Revision 1293 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 23:42:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
The classlist editor now provides links to become each user.

Revision 1292 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 23:13:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Removed a warning

Revision 1291 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 23:13:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed a bug in new password crypting.

Revision 1290 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 22:43:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Merge the time optimized branch and the main branch.  I forgot one subroutine
--Mike

Revision 1289 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 21:56:36 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
You can now delete users

Revision 1288 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 21:56:29 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Fixed the password changing functionality of this screen

Revision 1287 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 21:56:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added the function "cryptPassword" which encrypts a plaintext password
using a random salt.

Revision 1286 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 21:08:47 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Make sure that the local my variables are updated in PGbasicmacros
as well as the variables in main::.

--Mike

Revision 1285 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 21:04:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Adding preliminary ability to decompose non-square matrices.  Won't work
if a permutation is required (i.e. a pivot)
--Mike

Revision 1281 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 19:06:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
The totals file is now updated if a new classlist is imported

Arnie

Revision 1280 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 17:42:18 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Merged the changes needed to work with the new WW2 translator
optimizations into the main pg branch.

Revision 1279 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 17:40:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Merged the translation optimization branch into the main branch

Revision 1278 - Directory Listing
Modified Thu Jun 26 13:55:43 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Matrices now displayed in previewer.

Revision 1276 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 25 16:26:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
committed the wrong thing

Revision 1274 - Directory Listing
Modified Wed Jun 25 15:43:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
fixed a bug

Revision 1268 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 15:31:05 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Uncommented the caching code
--Mike

Revision 1267 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 15:25:58 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes that allow these files to work with caching version
of Webwork2.0 -- optimized for speed
--Mike

Revision 1266 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 15:24:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes that allow these files to work with optimized
version of WeBWorK2.0 which uses caching of macro files.
--Mike

Revision 1265 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 14:58:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Made the code more object-oriented

Revision 1262 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 14:51:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes made to insure that WeBWorK2.0 will run when it is
not optimized for time.  I'm planning to commit a "stable" version,
not feature complete, from which optimization branches can be derived.
--Mike

Revision 1261 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 00:55:28 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
It is now possible to provide synonyms to drop-down lists associated
with database fields for backwards compatability.

Revision 1260 - Directory Listing
Modified Tue Jun 24 00:54:51 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added information about the synonyms system

Revision 1258 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 20:24:53 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Now the totals file is edited to reflect any changes in student classlist data.

Arnie

Revision 1257 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 19:57:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
disabled &backtrace, which depends on Apache::DB. DB has been causing
segfaults with some modules (like File::Temp, XMLRPC::Lite...)

Revision 1256 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 18:59:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Replace "Part Corr" by "Frac Corr"

Arnie

Revision 1255 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 18:57:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Replace "PART CORR" by "FRAC CORR"

Arnie

Revision 1254 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 18:36:42 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Rename Status (as in problem status) "Part Corr"

Arnie

Revision 1253 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 18:34:44 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
More changes to make these files compatible
with WeBWorK2.0 and cached compartments
-- Mike

Revision 1252 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 18:28:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by apizer
Original Path: trunk
Add Enrollment Status to scoring files

Arnie

Revision 1251 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 16:24:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Changes made to PGbasicmacros so that it can be cached.
Changes should be compatible with webwork1.8
--MIke

Revision 1250 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 15:43:11 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Made changes required to allow caching of these files.
My tests indicate that these changes are compatible with webwork1.8
One possible problem might be the mail-to answer macros
which access the environement variable directly
I think I have this properly patched, but it has not been
tested yet.
--Mike

Revision 1249 - Directory Listing
Modified Mon Jun 23 14:24:13 2003 UTC (10 years, 9 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added caching code for reading PGbascimacros and PGanswermacros as well
as PG.pl, dangerousMacros and IO.pl into a cached safe compartment and
sharing the subroutines with the current safe compartment
It speeds up each problem significantly (about .2 seconds on webwork3).

Changes are required in PGbasicmacros and PGanswermacros to fix
assumptions that are not met when a file is compiled and run in
different name spaces.

The caching code is turned off by default.  It must be turned on by
by changing commenting in lines 133 to 147 in WeBWorK::PG:Local.pm
--Mike

Revision 1248 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 02:34:10 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
changed value of PRINT_FILE_NAMES_FOR
from array (back) to a reference to an array
--Mike

Revision 1247 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 02:32:33 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Added PG:Local and PG:Remote  (from Sam's directory)
Complete updated system now works.
--Mike

Revision 1246 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 02:21:02 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Turned timers on for now..
--Mike

Revision 1245 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 02:19:14 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by gage
Original Path: trunk
Timers turned on for now.
--Mike

Revision 1244 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 00:53:45 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
PG now serves as a factory, consulting $ce->{pg}->{renderer} for the
module to actually create.

Revision 1243 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 00:53:19 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
commented out debugging code

Revision 1242 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 00:53:09 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed the renderer from WeBWorK::PG to WeBWorK::PG::Local

Revision 1241 - Directory Listing
Modified Sat Jun 21 00:37:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Added instructions and sample configs for limiting access to the
development servers.

Revision 1240 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 23:08:39 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
removed $webworkDirs{macros}, added $pg{renderer} (currently selected
macros) and $pg{renderers} (renderer-specific options).

Revision 1239 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 23:06:17 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
changed occurences of $courseEnv to $ce. uses
$ce->{pg}->{directories}->{macros} instead of the (now removed)
$ce->{webworkDirs}->{macros}.

Revision 1238 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 19:05:38 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Matrices now take math constants.

Revision 1237 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 18:59:44 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by lr003k
Original Path: trunk
Student answer now displayed in a html table given by jones's
display matrix method in PGmatrixmacros. The braces were giving
me headaches so I set the option to none, at least for now.

Revision 1236 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 17:04:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
new{Password,PermissionLevel,Key,User,GlobalSet,UserSet,...} now pass an
optional prototype object to the record class's constructor. this allows
you to use these methods in place of global2user and user2global (which
you should):

	my $userSet = $db->getUserSet($userID, $setID);
	my $gloalSet = $db->newGlobalSet($userSet);

You can even do weird things like:

	my $gloalSet = $db->newGlobalSet($userProblem);

The WeBWorK::DB::Record class just copies the values of ANY matching
fields from the old object to the new object.

Revision 1235 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 16:38:52 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
fixed logic error for setting refresh flag

Revision 1234 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 16:38:32 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
now uses imagegenerator instead of calling dvipng directly.

Revision 1233 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 01:23:03 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
Move towards more intelligent formatting and editing in Professor Pages,
starting with the UserList.  The only current manefestation is that the
classlist fields are now formatted based on what they will contain.

Revision 1232 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 01:21:57 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by malsyned
Original Path: trunk
More notes

Revision 1231 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 01:21:15 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk
optimizations.

Revision 1230 - Directory Listing
Modified Fri Jun 20 01:20:59 2003 UTC (10 years, 10 months ago) by sh002i
Original Path: trunk